1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17817 14124))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (17817 13973))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
76 (autoload (quote list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
87 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
96 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
145 ;;;;;; (17778 50475))
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
148 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
156 ;;;;;; (17817 13969))
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
159 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
160 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
168 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
169 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
170 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
171 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17817 16160))
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
175 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
179 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" t)
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
182 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
185 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log" t)
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
194 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log" t)
196 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
201 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
219 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
246 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
252 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
254 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
255 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
256 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
257 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
258 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
259 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
260 \\{change-log-mode-map}
264 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
265 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
267 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
268 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
270 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
271 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
273 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
274 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
276 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
277 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
279 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
280 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
281 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
282 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
283 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
285 Has a preference of looking backwards.
289 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
290 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
291 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
292 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
295 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
296 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
298 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
300 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
301 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
307 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
308 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
309 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17817 13982))
310 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
312 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
313 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
314 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
315 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
316 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
317 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
318 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
319 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
320 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
321 interpreted as `error'.")
323 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice" t)
325 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
326 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
327 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
328 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
329 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
330 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
331 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
332 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
334 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice" t)
336 (autoload (quote ad-enable-advice) "advice" "\
337 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
339 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
341 (autoload (quote ad-disable-advice) "advice" "\
342 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
344 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
346 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
347 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
348 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
349 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
350 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
351 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
352 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
353 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
354 will be overwritten with the new one.
355 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
356 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
357 will clear the cache.
359 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
361 (autoload (quote ad-activate) "advice" "\
362 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
363 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
364 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
365 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
366 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
367 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
368 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
369 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
370 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
371 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
372 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
373 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
374 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
375 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
376 definition will always be cached for later usage.
378 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
380 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
381 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
382 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
384 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
385 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
388 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
389 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
390 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
391 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
392 see also `ad-add-advice'.
393 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
394 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
395 before/around/after-advices will be used.
396 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
397 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
398 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
399 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
400 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
401 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
403 Semantics of the various flags:
404 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
405 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
406 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
408 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
409 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
411 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
412 advised function should be compiled.
414 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
415 during activation until somebody enables it.
417 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
418 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
419 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
420 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
422 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
423 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
424 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
425 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
426 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
429 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
431 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
435 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
436 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
437 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17817 15485))
438 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
440 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
441 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
442 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
443 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
444 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
445 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
446 rule's `separate' attribute).
448 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
449 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
450 `separate' attribute set.
452 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
453 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
454 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
455 on the format of these lists.
457 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
459 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
460 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
461 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
462 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
463 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
464 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
465 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
466 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
467 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
468 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
471 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
472 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
476 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
479 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
480 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
481 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
483 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
485 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
486 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
487 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
488 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
489 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
492 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
494 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
495 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
496 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
497 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
498 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
499 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
500 been used to align that section.
502 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
504 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
505 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
506 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
507 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
508 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
509 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
512 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
514 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
515 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
519 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
520 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
526 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
527 ;;;;;; (17817 16945))
528 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
530 (put (quote allout-show-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
532 (put (quote allout-header-prefix) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
534 (put (quote allout-primary-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
536 (put (quote allout-plain-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
538 (put (quote allout-distinctive-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
540 (put (quote allout-use-mode-specific-leader) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (memq x (quote (t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start))) (stringp x)))))
542 (put (quote allout-old-style-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
544 (put (quote allout-stylish-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
546 (put (quote allout-numbered-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
548 (put (quote allout-file-xref-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
550 (put (quote allout-presentation-padding) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote integerp))
552 (put (quote allout-use-hanging-indents) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
554 (put (quote allout-reindent-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (memq x (quote (nil t text force))))))
556 (put (quote allout-layout) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x (quote (: * + -)))))))
558 (put (quote allout-passphrase-verifier-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
560 (put (quote allout-passphrase-hint-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
562 (autoload (quote allout-mode) "allout" "\
563 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
566 Optional arg forces mode to re-initialize iff arg is positive num or
567 symbol. Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
569 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
570 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
571 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
572 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
573 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
576 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
578 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
579 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
580 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
581 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
582 - easy topic encryption and decryption
583 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
584 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
585 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
587 and many other features.
589 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
590 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
591 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
592 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
593 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
595 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
596 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
597 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
598 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
600 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" - then you can invoke allout
601 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
602 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
606 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
607 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
608 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
609 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
610 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
614 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
615 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
617 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
618 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
620 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' - like regular beginning-of-line, but
622 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
623 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
626 Topic Header Production:
627 -----------------------
628 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
629 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
632 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
633 ---------------------------------
634 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
635 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
636 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
639 its' offspring - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
640 are alternated according to nesting depth.
641 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings -
642 the offspring are not affected.
643 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
645 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
646 ----------------------------------
647 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
648 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
650 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
651 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
652 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
653 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
654 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
656 Topic-oriented Encryption:
657 -------------------------
658 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
659 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
663 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
664 and establish a default file-var setting
666 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
667 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
668 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
669 buffer with name derived from derived from that
670 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
671 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
672 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
673 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
680 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
681 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
682 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
683 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
685 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
686 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
687 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
688 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
690 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
691 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
692 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
695 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
696 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
701 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
702 navigation and exposure control.
704 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
705 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
706 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
707 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
708 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
710 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
711 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
712 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
713 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
714 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
716 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]]) is
717 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
718 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
719 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
720 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
721 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
722 at the beginning of the current entry.
726 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
727 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
728 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
731 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
732 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
733 `allout-structure-added-hook'
734 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
735 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
739 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
741 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
742 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
743 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
745 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
746 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
747 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
749 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
752 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
753 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
756 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
758 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
760 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
762 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
764 Topic text constituents:
766 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
768 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
769 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
771 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
772 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
773 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
774 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
775 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
776 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
777 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
780 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
783 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
784 It can be customized by changing the setting of
785 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
787 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
788 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
789 program code without interfering with processing of the text
790 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
791 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
792 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
793 docstring for more detail.
795 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
796 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
797 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
798 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
799 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. (See the documentation
800 for these variables for more details.) The default choice of
801 BULLET when generating ITEMs varies in a cycle with the DEPTH of
805 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
806 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
808 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
809 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
811 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
812 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
813 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
815 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
817 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky) (quote outlineify-sticky))
819 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky) "allout" "\
820 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
822 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
823 setup for auto-startup.
825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
829 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
830 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17817 15940))
831 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
833 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
835 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
836 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
837 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
838 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
839 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
840 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
842 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
844 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
847 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
851 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
852 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17383 38807))
853 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
855 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
856 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
857 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
858 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
859 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
860 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
861 in the current window.
863 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
865 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
866 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
867 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
869 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
871 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
872 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
873 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
875 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
879 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
880 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17390 26934))
881 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
883 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
884 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
888 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
889 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
891 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
892 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
893 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
894 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
896 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
897 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
899 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
901 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
905 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
906 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17490 7905))
907 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
909 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
910 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
911 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
912 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
913 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
916 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
917 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
918 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
921 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
922 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
923 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
924 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
928 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
929 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
934 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
935 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
936 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
942 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
943 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
944 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
945 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17713 5989))
946 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
948 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
949 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
950 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
951 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
953 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt" t)
955 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
956 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
958 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt" t)
960 (defvar appt-audible t "\
961 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
963 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt" t)
965 (defvar appt-visible t "\
966 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
967 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
969 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt" t)
971 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
972 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
973 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
975 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt" t)
977 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
978 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
979 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
981 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt" t)
983 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
984 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
985 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
987 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt" t)
989 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
990 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
991 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
993 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt" t)
995 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
996 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
997 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
999 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
1001 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
1002 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
1006 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
1007 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
1008 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
1009 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
1010 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
1011 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
1012 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
1014 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
1017 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
1018 appointment package (if it is not already active).
1022 (autoload (quote appt-activate) "appt" "\
1023 Toggle checking of appointments.
1024 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1025 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1031 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
1032 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
1033 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (17778 50472))
1034 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1036 (autoload (quote apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "\
1037 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1038 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1039 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1041 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1042 kind of objects to search.
1044 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1046 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
1047 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1048 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1049 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1050 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1051 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1053 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1056 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1058 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
1060 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
1061 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1062 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1063 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1064 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1065 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1067 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1068 noninteractive functions.
1070 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1071 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1073 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1074 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1076 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1078 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
1079 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1081 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1083 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
1084 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1085 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1086 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1088 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1089 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1090 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1091 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1093 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1094 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1096 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1098 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1100 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
1101 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1102 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1103 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1104 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1105 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1107 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1108 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1109 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1111 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1113 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
1114 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1115 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1116 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1117 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1118 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1120 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1121 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1123 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1125 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1129 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17817
1131 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1133 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
1134 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1135 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1136 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1137 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1138 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1140 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1141 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1144 \\{archive-mode-map}
1146 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1150 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17817 13973))
1151 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1153 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
1154 Major mode for editing arrays.
1156 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1157 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1158 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1160 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1162 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1163 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1164 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1166 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1167 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1168 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1169 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1172 Variables you assign:
1173 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1174 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1175 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1176 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1177 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1178 row numbers in the buffer.
1180 Variables which are calculated:
1181 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1182 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1184 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1185 take a numeric prefix argument):
1187 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1188 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1189 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1190 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1192 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1193 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1194 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1195 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1197 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1198 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1199 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1200 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1202 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1203 between that of point and mark.
1205 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1206 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1208 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1209 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1210 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1211 newlines inside rows)
1213 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1215 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1221 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17524
1223 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1225 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
1226 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1227 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1228 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1230 How to quit artist mode
1232 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1235 How to submit a bug report
1237 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1240 Drawing with the mouse:
1243 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1244 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1248 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1251 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1252 --------------------------------------------------------------
1253 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1255 --------------------------------------------------------------
1256 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1257 --------------------------------------------------------------
1258 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1259 --------------------------------------------------------------
1260 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1261 --------------------------------------------------------------
1262 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1263 --------------------------------------------------------------
1264 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1265 --------------------------------------------------------------
1266 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1267 --------------------------------------------------------------
1268 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1269 --------------------------------------------------------------
1270 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1272 --------------------------------------------------------------
1273 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1274 --------------------------------------------------------------
1275 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1276 --------------------------------------------------------------
1278 --------------------------------------------------------------
1279 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1280 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1285 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1286 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1287 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1288 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1291 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1292 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1293 overwrite means the opposite.
1295 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1296 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1297 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1299 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1301 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1302 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1304 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1305 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1306 are currently drawing something.
1308 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1312 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1313 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1318 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1320 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1322 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1324 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1326 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1327 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1329 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1334 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1335 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1336 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1337 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1338 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1339 When pasting: Pastes
1341 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1343 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1345 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1346 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1347 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1348 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1349 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1350 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1355 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1356 of the line/poly-line
1358 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1359 of the line/poly-line
1364 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1366 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1367 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1368 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1369 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1370 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1371 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1372 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1373 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1374 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1375 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1376 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1377 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1378 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1379 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1380 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1381 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1382 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1383 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1384 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1385 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1390 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1391 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1393 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1394 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1395 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1396 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1397 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1398 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1399 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1400 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1401 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1402 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1403 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1404 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1405 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1406 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1407 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1408 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1409 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1410 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1411 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1415 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1416 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1423 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1427 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17490
1429 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1431 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1432 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1433 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1435 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1436 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1437 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1438 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1440 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1441 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1443 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1444 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1446 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1455 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1456 ;;;;;; (17279 27080))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1459 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
1462 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show")
1464 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
1465 This command is obsolete.
1471 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1472 ;;;;;; (17817 13973))
1473 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1475 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1476 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1477 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
1479 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1481 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1482 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1483 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1484 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1485 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1486 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1487 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1488 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1489 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1490 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1493 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1494 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1495 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1496 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1497 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1499 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1501 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1503 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1504 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1505 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1506 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1507 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1508 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1510 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1512 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1513 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1514 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1515 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1516 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1517 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1519 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1525 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1526 ;;;;;; (17817 14147))
1527 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1529 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1530 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1536 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1537 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17817 13973))
1538 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1540 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1541 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1542 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1546 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1547 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1548 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1549 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1551 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1553 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1554 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1555 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1556 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1557 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1558 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1560 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" nil)
1562 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1563 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1564 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1565 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1567 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1568 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1570 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1574 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1575 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1576 ;;;;;; (17611 8435))
1577 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1579 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1580 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1581 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1582 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1583 save the buffer too.
1585 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1587 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1589 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1590 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1591 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1592 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1593 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1594 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1596 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1597 directory or directories specified.
1599 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1601 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1602 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1603 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1609 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1610 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1611 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17505 62410))
1612 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1614 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1615 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1617 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1618 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1619 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1620 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1621 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1623 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1625 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1626 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1628 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1629 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1633 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1634 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1635 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1637 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1638 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1639 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1640 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1641 reflected in the current buffer.
1643 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1644 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1645 writing before you save the file!
1647 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1649 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1651 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1652 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1654 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1655 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1659 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1660 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1661 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1662 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1663 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1665 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert")
1667 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1668 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1670 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1671 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1672 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1674 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1678 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1679 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17817 13974))
1680 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1682 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1683 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1684 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1685 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1686 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1688 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" nil)
1690 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1691 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1692 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1693 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1695 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1696 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1697 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1699 Effects of the different modes:
1700 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1701 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1702 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1703 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1704 a random distance & direction.
1705 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1706 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1707 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1709 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1711 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1712 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1713 definition of \"random distance\".)
1715 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1719 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1720 ;;;;;; (17390 26937))
1721 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1723 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1724 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1726 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1727 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1731 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1732 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1733 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1734 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1736 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1738 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1740 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1744 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1745 ;;;;;; (17778 50472))
1746 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1747 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1749 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1750 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1751 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1752 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1756 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1757 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1758 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1759 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1760 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1761 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1763 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" nil)
1765 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" "\
1766 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1767 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1768 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1769 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1772 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1776 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1777 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17390 26937))
1778 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1780 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1781 Time execution of FORMS.
1782 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1783 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1785 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1786 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1787 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1789 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1791 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1792 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1793 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1794 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1795 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1797 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1799 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1800 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1801 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1802 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1803 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1805 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1809 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17817
1811 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1813 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1814 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1816 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1818 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1819 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1820 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1821 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1823 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1824 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1825 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1826 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1827 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1829 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1830 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1833 Special information:
1835 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1837 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1838 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1839 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1840 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1841 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1842 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1843 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1844 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1845 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1846 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1847 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1849 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1850 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1851 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1852 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1853 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1854 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1855 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1856 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1858 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1860 ----------------------------------------------------------
1861 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1862 if that value is non-nil.
1870 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1871 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1872 ;;;;;; (17383 38804))
1873 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1875 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1877 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "\
1878 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1879 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1881 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1883 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external) "binhex" "\
1884 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1886 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1888 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region) "binhex" "\
1889 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1891 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1895 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17383
1897 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1899 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1901 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1905 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1906 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1907 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1908 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1909 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1914 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1915 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1918 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1921 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1922 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1924 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1925 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1927 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1928 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1929 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1930 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1931 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1932 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1936 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1938 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1939 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1940 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1941 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1943 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1944 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1945 denoted by the letter `R'.
1947 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1948 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1949 denoted by the letter `H'.
1951 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1954 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1955 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1956 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1957 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1958 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1959 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1962 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1963 degree deflection it causes.
1966 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1967 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1968 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1969 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1970 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1971 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1972 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1973 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1976 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1977 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1980 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1981 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1982 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1983 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1984 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1985 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1986 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1987 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1989 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1990 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1991 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1992 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1993 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1994 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1995 emerging from the box.
1997 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1999 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2001 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2002 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2003 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2004 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2005 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2006 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2008 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2015 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
2016 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
2017 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
2018 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17390 26935))
2019 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2020 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
2021 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
2022 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2024 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
2025 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2026 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2027 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2028 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2029 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2030 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
2031 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
2032 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
2033 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
2034 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
2035 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
2036 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
2037 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
2038 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
2039 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
2040 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
2041 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
2042 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
2044 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
2045 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
2046 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
2047 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
2048 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
2049 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
2050 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
2051 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
2054 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2055 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2056 yank successive words.
2058 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2059 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2060 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2061 name of the file being visited.
2063 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2064 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2065 the list of bookmarks.)
2067 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
2069 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
2070 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2071 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2072 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2073 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2076 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2077 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2078 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2079 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2081 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2083 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
2084 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2085 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2086 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2087 after a bookmark was set in it.
2089 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2091 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
2092 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2093 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2094 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2096 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2098 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
2100 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
2101 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2102 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2103 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2105 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2106 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2107 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2109 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2110 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2113 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2115 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
2116 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2117 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2118 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2119 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2122 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2124 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
2125 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2126 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2127 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2128 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2129 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2130 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2131 probably because we were called from there.
2133 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2135 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
2136 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2137 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2141 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
2142 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2143 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2144 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2147 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2148 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2149 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2150 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2151 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2153 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2154 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2155 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2156 `bookmark-default-file'.
2158 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2160 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
2161 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2162 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2163 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2164 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2167 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2168 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2169 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2170 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2171 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2174 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2175 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2176 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2177 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2179 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2181 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
2182 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2183 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2184 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2185 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2189 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2191 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2193 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2195 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2199 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2200 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2201 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2202 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2203 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2204 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2205 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2206 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2207 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2208 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17817 13984))
2209 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2211 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2212 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2213 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2214 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2216 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2217 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2218 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2219 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2220 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2222 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" t)
2224 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2225 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2227 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url" t)
2229 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2230 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2232 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url" t)
2234 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2239 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2240 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2241 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2242 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2243 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2244 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2246 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2248 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2249 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2250 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2251 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2254 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2256 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2257 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2261 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2262 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2264 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2266 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2267 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2268 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2269 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2271 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2273 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2274 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2275 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2276 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2278 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2280 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2281 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2282 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2283 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2284 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2289 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2290 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2291 Default to the URL around or before point.
2293 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2294 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2295 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2296 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2298 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2299 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2301 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2302 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
2303 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
2305 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2307 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2308 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2309 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2310 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2312 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2313 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2314 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2315 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2317 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2318 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2319 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2321 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2322 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2324 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2326 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2327 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2328 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2329 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2331 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2332 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2333 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2334 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2336 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2337 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2338 new tab in an existing window instead.
2340 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2341 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2343 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2345 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2346 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2347 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2348 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2351 When called interactively, if variable
2352 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2353 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2354 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2355 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2357 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2358 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2359 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2361 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2362 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2364 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2365 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2366 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2367 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2368 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2369 URL in a new window.
2371 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2373 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2374 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2375 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2376 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2378 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2379 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2380 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2381 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2383 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2384 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2385 new tab in an existing window instead.
2387 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2388 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2390 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2392 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2393 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2394 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2395 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2397 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2398 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2399 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2400 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2402 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2403 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2405 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2407 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2408 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2410 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2411 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2412 program is invoked according to the variable
2413 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2415 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2416 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2417 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2418 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2420 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2421 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2423 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2425 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2426 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2427 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2428 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2430 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2432 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2433 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2434 Default to the URL around or before point.
2436 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2437 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2438 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2440 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2441 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2442 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2443 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2445 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2446 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2448 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2450 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2451 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2452 Default to the URL around or before point.
2454 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2456 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2457 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2458 Default to the URL around or before point.
2460 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2461 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2462 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2464 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2465 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2467 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2469 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2470 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2471 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2472 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2474 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2476 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2477 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2478 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2479 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2480 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2482 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2484 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2485 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2486 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2487 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2489 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2490 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2491 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2492 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2494 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2495 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2497 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2499 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2500 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2501 Default to the URL around or before point.
2503 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2505 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2506 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2507 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2508 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2509 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2512 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2513 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2514 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2515 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2517 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2518 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2520 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2522 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2523 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2524 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2525 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2526 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2527 don't offer a form of remote control.
2529 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2531 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2532 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2533 Default to the URL around or before point.
2535 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2539 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17817
2541 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2543 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2544 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2548 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2549 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2555 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2556 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17817 16161))
2557 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2559 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2560 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2561 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2562 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2566 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2567 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2568 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2569 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2573 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2574 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2578 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2579 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2581 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2582 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2583 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2584 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2586 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2587 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2588 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2589 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2590 name of buffer configuration.
2596 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2597 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17390
2599 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2601 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "
" (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2602 Keymap used by buttons.")
2604 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map "
\e " (quote backward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2605 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2606 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2608 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2609 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2610 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2611 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2612 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2613 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2615 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2616 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2617 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2618 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2620 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2622 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2623 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2624 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2625 specifying properties to add to the button.
2626 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2627 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2628 `define-button-type'.
2630 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2632 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2634 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2635 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2636 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2637 specifying properties to add to the button.
2638 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2639 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2640 `define-button-type'.
2642 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2644 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2646 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2647 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2648 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2649 specifying properties to add to the button.
2650 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2651 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2652 `define-button-type'.
2654 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2655 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2656 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2659 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2661 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2663 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2664 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2665 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2666 specifying properties to add to the button.
2667 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2668 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2669 `define-button-type'.
2671 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2672 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2673 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2674 `insert-text-button'.
2676 Also see `make-text-button'.
2678 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2682 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2683 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2684 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2685 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp"
2686 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (17778 50473))
2687 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2688 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2689 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2691 (autoload (quote byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "\
2696 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2697 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2698 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2700 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2702 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2703 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2704 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2705 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2707 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2708 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2709 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2710 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2711 whether to compile it.
2713 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2715 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2716 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2718 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2719 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2721 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2722 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2723 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2724 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2725 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2727 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2729 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2730 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2731 Print the result in the echo area.
2732 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2734 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2736 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2737 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2738 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2740 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2742 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2743 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2744 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2745 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2746 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2747 all functions called by those functions.
2749 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2750 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2753 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2754 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2755 invoked interactively.
2757 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2759 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2760 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2761 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2762 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2766 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2767 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2768 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2769 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2770 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2771 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2772 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2775 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2777 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2778 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2779 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2780 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2782 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2783 `batch-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2784 and corresponding effects.
2786 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17817 16161))
2791 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2793 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2795 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2799 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2800 ;;;;;; (17390 27324))
2801 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2803 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2804 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2805 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2806 from the cursor position.
2808 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2812 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2813 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2814 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2815 ;;;;;; (17713 5989))
2816 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2818 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2819 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2821 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc" t)
2822 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2824 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2825 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2829 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2830 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2832 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2834 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2835 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2837 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2839 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2840 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2844 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2845 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2846 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2847 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2849 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2851 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2852 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2853 This is most useful in the X window system.
2854 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2855 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2857 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2859 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2860 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2861 See calc-keypad for details.
2863 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2865 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2866 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2868 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2870 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2871 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2873 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2875 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2876 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2878 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2880 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2881 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2882 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2884 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2886 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2889 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2893 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17390
2895 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2897 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2898 Run the Emacs calculator.
2899 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2905 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2906 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2907 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2908 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2909 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2910 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2911 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2912 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2913 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2914 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2915 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2916 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2917 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2918 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2919 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2920 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2921 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2922 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (17817 16151))
2923 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2925 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2926 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2927 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2928 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2931 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar" t)
2933 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2934 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2935 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2936 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2937 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2938 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2940 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar" t)
2942 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2943 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2944 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2946 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2948 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2949 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2950 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2952 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar" t)
2954 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2955 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2956 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2959 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar" t)
2961 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2962 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2963 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2965 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2967 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2968 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2969 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2971 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2973 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2975 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2976 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2977 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2979 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2982 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2984 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2985 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2986 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2988 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2991 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2993 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2994 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2995 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2997 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
3000 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3002 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
3003 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
3004 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
3006 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar" t)
3008 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
3009 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
3010 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
3011 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
3012 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
3014 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar" t)
3016 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
3017 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
3018 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
3019 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
3020 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
3021 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
3022 a function is also provided for this:
3023 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
3025 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3026 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3027 date is not visible in the window.
3029 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3030 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3031 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3033 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3035 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
3036 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
3038 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3039 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3040 date is visible in the window.
3042 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3043 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3044 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3046 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3048 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
3049 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
3053 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
3055 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
3057 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar" t)
3059 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
3060 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
3062 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3063 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3071 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3072 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3073 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3074 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
3075 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3076 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3077 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3078 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3079 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3080 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3081 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3082 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3085 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3086 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3087 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3088 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3096 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3097 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
3099 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3100 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3101 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3102 window but will appear in a diary window.
3104 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3105 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3107 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
3108 entries (in the default American style):
3110 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3111 &1/1. Happy New Year!
3112 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3114 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3115 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3116 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3117 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3118 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3119 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3120 &* 15 time cards due.
3122 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3123 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3124 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3128 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3129 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3130 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3131 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3132 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3133 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3135 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3136 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3137 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3139 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3141 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3143 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3144 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3145 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3146 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3147 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3148 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3149 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3150 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3151 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3152 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3155 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3156 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3157 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3158 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3159 documentation for these functions for details.
3161 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3162 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3164 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar" t)
3166 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3167 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3169 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar" t)
3171 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3172 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3174 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3176 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3177 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3179 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3181 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3182 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3184 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3186 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3187 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3188 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3190 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar" t)
3192 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3193 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3194 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3196 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3198 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3199 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3200 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3201 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3204 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar" t)
3206 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3207 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3208 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3209 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3218 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3219 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3220 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.
3222 Setting this variable directly does not take effect (if the
3223 calendar package is already loaded). Rather, use either
3224 \\[customize] or the functions `european-calendar' and
3225 `american-calendar'.")
3227 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar" nil)
3229 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3230 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3231 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3233 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3235 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3236 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3237 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3239 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3241 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3242 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3243 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3245 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3247 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3248 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3249 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3251 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3253 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3254 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3255 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3256 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3257 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3258 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3260 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3262 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3263 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3264 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3266 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3267 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3268 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3271 #include \"filename\"
3273 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3274 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3275 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3276 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3277 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3279 For example, you could use
3281 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3282 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3283 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3285 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3286 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3287 lexicographic order.")
3289 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3291 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3292 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3293 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3295 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar" t)
3297 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3298 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3299 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3302 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3303 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3304 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3305 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3306 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3307 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3308 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3310 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3311 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3312 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3313 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3314 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3315 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3316 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3317 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3319 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar" t)
3321 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3322 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3323 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3324 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3325 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3326 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3327 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3329 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar" t)
3331 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3332 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3334 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3335 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3336 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3338 #include \"filename\"
3339 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3340 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3341 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3342 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3343 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3345 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3347 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3348 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3349 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3350 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3351 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3352 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3353 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3355 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar" t)
3357 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3358 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3359 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3362 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar" t)
3364 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3365 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3366 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3367 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3368 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3370 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar" t)
3372 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3374 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3375 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3376 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3378 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar" t)
3380 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3382 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3384 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3386 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar" t)
3388 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3390 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3392 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3394 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar" t)
3396 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3398 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3399 User defined holidays.
3400 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3402 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar" t)
3404 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3406 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3408 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3410 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3412 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3414 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3416 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3418 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3420 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3422 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3424 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3426 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar" t)
3428 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3430 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3432 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3434 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar" t)
3436 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3438 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3440 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3442 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar" t)
3444 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3446 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3448 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3450 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar" t)
3452 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3454 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3455 Sun-related holidays.
3456 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3458 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3460 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3462 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3463 The frame setup of the calendar.
3464 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3465 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3466 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3467 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3468 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3470 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar" t)
3472 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3473 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3474 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3476 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3477 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3479 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3481 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3482 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3483 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3485 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3486 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3487 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3488 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3490 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" nil)
3494 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3495 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17383 38804))
3496 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3498 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3499 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3501 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3503 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3504 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3505 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3508 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (17817
3514 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3515 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3519 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3520 ;;;;;; (17817 13957))
3521 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3523 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3524 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3530 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3531 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3532 ;;;;;; (17817 15855))
3533 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3535 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3536 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3537 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3538 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3539 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3540 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3541 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3543 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3545 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3546 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3547 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3548 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3549 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3550 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3551 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3552 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3554 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3555 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3556 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3557 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3558 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3559 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3561 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3563 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3564 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3571 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3572 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3574 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3575 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3576 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3577 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3578 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3579 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3582 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3584 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3585 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3592 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3593 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3594 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3596 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3597 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3598 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3599 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3600 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3601 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3604 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3606 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3607 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3614 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3615 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3616 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3618 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3619 Major mode for editing Java code.
3620 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3621 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3622 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3623 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3626 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3628 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3629 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3636 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3637 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3638 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3640 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3641 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3642 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3643 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3644 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3645 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3648 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3650 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3651 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3658 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3659 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3660 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3661 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3663 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3664 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3665 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3666 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3667 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3668 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3671 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3673 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3674 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3680 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3681 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3682 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3683 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3684 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3685 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3689 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3690 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17817 13957))
3691 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3693 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3694 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3695 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3696 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3698 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3700 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3701 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3704 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3705 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3706 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3707 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3710 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3711 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3712 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3713 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3716 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3718 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3719 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3720 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3721 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3723 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3725 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3726 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3727 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3729 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3731 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3732 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3733 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3734 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3735 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3737 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (17515
3743 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3744 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (17817 13957))
3749 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3750 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3751 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3752 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3756 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3757 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3758 ;;;;;; (17817 15477))
3759 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3761 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3762 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3764 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3766 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3767 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3769 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3771 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3772 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3774 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3775 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3776 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3777 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3780 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3782 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3784 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3785 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3787 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3788 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3792 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3793 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3794 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3795 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3796 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3799 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3800 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3801 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3802 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3804 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3805 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3808 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3810 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3812 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3815 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3816 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3818 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3819 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3820 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3823 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3825 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3826 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3827 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3829 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3831 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3833 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3834 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3836 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3840 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3842 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3844 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3845 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3848 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3849 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3852 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3854 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3855 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3856 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3857 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3858 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3859 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3860 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3861 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3862 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3863 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3864 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3865 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3866 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3867 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3868 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3869 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3872 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3873 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3875 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3876 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3878 | (write EXPRESSION)
3879 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3880 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3883 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3886 ;; Same as: (write string)
3888 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3889 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3890 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3893 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3894 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3895 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3896 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3897 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3898 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3900 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3901 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3903 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3906 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3907 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3908 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3910 ARG := REG | integer
3913 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3916 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3919 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3922 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3923 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3926 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3927 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3928 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3931 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3932 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3933 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3936 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3937 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3939 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3940 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3941 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3944 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3945 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3948 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3949 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3951 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3954 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3958 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3959 ;; Same meaning as C code
3960 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3962 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3967 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3968 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3971 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3972 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3976 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3980 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3981 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3982 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3984 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3985 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3986 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3988 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3989 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3990 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3991 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3992 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3995 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3997 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3998 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3999 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
4000 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
4001 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
4002 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
4004 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
4006 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
4007 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
4008 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
4010 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
4012 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4016 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
4017 ;;;;;; (17713 5991))
4018 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4020 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
4021 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
4022 There are no special keybindings by default.
4024 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
4025 to the action header.
4031 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
4032 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
4033 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
4034 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
4035 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
4036 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
4037 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
4038 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
4039 ;;;;;; (17778 50473))
4040 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4042 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
4043 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4044 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4045 the users will view as each check is completed.
4049 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4050 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4051 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4052 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4053 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4054 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4055 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4056 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4058 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4060 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4061 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4062 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4063 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4064 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4065 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4066 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4067 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4069 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4071 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4072 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4073 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4074 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4075 spacing are all verified.
4079 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4080 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4081 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4082 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4083 otherwise stop after the first error.
4085 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4087 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
4088 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4089 Only documentation strings are checked.
4090 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4091 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4094 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4096 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4097 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4098 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4099 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4100 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4102 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4104 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4105 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4106 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4107 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4110 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4112 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
4113 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4114 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4115 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4117 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4119 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4121 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4122 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4123 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4125 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4127 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4128 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4129 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4130 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4131 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4135 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4136 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4137 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4138 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4139 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4140 space at the end of each line.
4142 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4144 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
4145 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4146 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4147 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4149 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4151 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4152 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4153 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4154 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4156 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4158 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4159 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4160 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4161 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4163 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4165 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4166 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4167 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4168 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4170 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4172 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4173 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4174 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4175 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4177 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4179 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
4180 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4181 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4182 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4184 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4186 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4187 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4188 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4189 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4191 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4193 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4194 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4195 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4196 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4198 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4200 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4201 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4202 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4203 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4205 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4207 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4208 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4209 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
4211 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4212 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4213 checking of documentation strings.
4215 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4217 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4221 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4222 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17817
4224 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4226 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4227 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4228 Return the length of resulting text.
4230 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4232 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4233 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4237 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4238 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4239 Return the length of resulting text.
4241 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4243 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4244 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4250 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4251 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17817 13974))
4252 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4254 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4255 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4256 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4257 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4258 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4259 editing and the result is evaluated.
4261 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4263 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4264 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4265 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4266 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4267 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4269 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4273 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4274 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4275 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4276 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4277 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4279 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4280 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4281 \\{command-history-map}
4283 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4284 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17817 13982))
4291 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4293 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4294 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4295 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4296 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4297 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4298 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4300 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4301 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4305 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4306 ;;;;;; (17778 49129))
4307 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4309 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4312 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4316 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4317 ;;;;;; (17390 27407))
4318 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4320 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4321 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4322 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4323 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4325 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4326 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4327 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4328 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4330 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4331 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4333 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4337 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17817
4339 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4341 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4342 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4343 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4344 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4345 of `scheme-program-name').
4346 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4347 it is given as initial input.
4348 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4349 discards input when it starts up.
4350 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4352 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4355 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4359 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
4360 ;;;;;; (17817 14139))
4361 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
4363 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
4364 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
4365 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
4366 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
4367 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
4369 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
4371 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
4372 (autoload-coding-system 'cp437 '(require 'code-pages))
4373 (autoload-coding-system 'cp737 '(require 'code-pages))
4374 (autoload-coding-system 'cp775 '(require 'code-pages))
4375 (autoload-coding-system 'cp850 '(require 'code-pages))
4376 (autoload-coding-system 'cp851 '(require 'code-pages))
4377 (autoload-coding-system 'cp852 '(require 'code-pages))
4378 (autoload-coding-system 'cp855 '(require 'code-pages))
4379 (autoload-coding-system 'cp857 '(require 'code-pages))
4380 (autoload-coding-system 'cp858 '(require 'code-pages))
4381 (autoload-coding-system 'cp860 '(require 'code-pages))
4382 (autoload-coding-system 'cp861 '(require 'code-pages))
4383 (autoload-coding-system 'cp862 '(require 'code-pages))
4384 (autoload-coding-system 'cp863 '(require 'code-pages))
4385 (autoload-coding-system 'cp864 '(require 'code-pages))
4386 (autoload-coding-system 'cp865 '(require 'code-pages))
4387 (autoload-coding-system 'cp866 '(require 'code-pages))
4388 (autoload-coding-system 'cp869 '(require 'code-pages))
4389 (autoload-coding-system 'cp874 '(require 'code-pages))
4390 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4391 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4392 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4393 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4394 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4395 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4396 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4397 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4398 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4399 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4400 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4401 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4402 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4403 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4404 (autoload-coding-system 'next '(require 'code-pages))
4405 (autoload-coding-system 'koi8-t '(require 'code-pages))
4406 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-16 '(require 'code-pages))
4407 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-6 '(require 'code-pages))
4408 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-10 '(require 'code-pages))
4409 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-13 '(require 'code-pages))
4410 (autoload-coding-system 'georgian-ps '(require 'code-pages))
4411 (autoload-coding-system 'cp720 '(require 'code-pages))
4412 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1125 '(require 'code-pages))
4413 (autoload-coding-system 'mik '(require 'code-pages))
4414 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
4415 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
4419 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4420 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4421 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17817 15477))
4422 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4424 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4425 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4426 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4429 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4430 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4431 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4432 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4434 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4436 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4437 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4438 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4440 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4442 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4443 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4444 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4446 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4448 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4449 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4450 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4452 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4454 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4455 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4457 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4458 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4459 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4461 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4462 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4466 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4467 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4469 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4470 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4471 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4473 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4477 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4478 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4479 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4480 ;;;;;; (17817 15855))
4481 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4483 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4484 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4485 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4486 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4487 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4488 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4489 functions have already modified the buffer.
4491 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4493 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4494 either globally or locally.")
4496 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4498 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4499 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4500 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4501 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4502 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4503 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4504 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4505 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4507 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4509 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4511 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4512 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4513 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4514 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4515 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4516 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4517 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4518 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4520 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4522 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4524 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4525 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4526 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4527 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4528 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4529 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4531 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4533 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4534 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4535 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4536 directory tracking functions.")
4538 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4539 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4540 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4542 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4544 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4546 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4547 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4548 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4550 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4552 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4554 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4555 Send COMMAND to current process.
4556 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4557 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4559 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4561 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4562 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4563 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4564 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4566 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4570 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17817
4572 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4574 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4575 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4576 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4577 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4579 This command pushes the mark in each window
4580 at the prior location of point in that window.
4581 If both windows display the same buffer,
4582 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4583 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4585 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4586 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4587 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4588 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4589 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4590 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4591 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4594 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4595 this command work in interlaced mode:
4596 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4597 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4598 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4600 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4604 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4605 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4606 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4607 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4608 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (17778 50475))
4609 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4611 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4612 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4614 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile" t)
4616 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4617 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4619 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile" t)
4621 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4622 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4623 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4624 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4625 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4626 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4627 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4629 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4630 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4631 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4632 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4633 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4635 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4636 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4637 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4638 describing how the process finished.")
4640 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4641 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4642 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4643 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4645 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4646 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4647 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4649 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile" t)
4651 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4652 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4653 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4654 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4656 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile" t)
4658 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4659 *Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4661 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4662 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4664 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4666 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4667 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4668 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4669 (concat \"make -k \"
4670 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4672 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile" t)
4673 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4675 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4676 *If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4677 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4678 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4680 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile" t)
4682 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4683 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4684 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4685 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4687 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4688 and move to the source code that caused it.
4690 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4691 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4693 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4694 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4695 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4696 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4698 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4699 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4700 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4701 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4704 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4705 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4706 to a function that generates a unique name.
4708 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4710 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4711 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4712 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4713 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4715 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4716 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4717 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4718 to determine the buffer name.
4720 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4721 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4722 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4724 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4726 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4728 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4729 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4730 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4731 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4732 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4734 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4736 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4738 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4740 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4741 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4742 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4743 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4744 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4745 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4746 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4748 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4750 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4751 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4752 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4753 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4754 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4755 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4759 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4760 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4761 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4763 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4765 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4769 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4770 ;;;;;; (17817 13974))
4771 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4773 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4774 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4775 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4776 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4777 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4778 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4780 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" nil)
4782 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4783 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4784 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4786 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4787 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4788 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4789 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4791 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4792 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4793 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4794 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4796 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4797 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4798 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4799 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4801 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4802 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4803 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4804 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4805 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4807 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4811 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4812 ;;;;;; (17817 13975))
4813 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4815 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4816 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4817 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4818 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4819 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4820 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4822 (custom-autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" nil)
4824 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4825 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4831 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4832 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4833 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4834 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17817 15477))
4835 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4837 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4838 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4839 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4840 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4843 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4845 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4846 | | 1:tc or top-center
4847 | | 2:tr or top-right
4848 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4849 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4850 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4851 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4852 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4853 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4855 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4856 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4857 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4858 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4861 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4862 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4863 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4865 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4869 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4873 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4876 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4877 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4878 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4879 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4881 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4883 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4884 Compose characters in the current region.
4886 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4887 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4889 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4891 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4892 specifying the region.
4894 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4895 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4896 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4898 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4899 of the text in the region.
4901 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4903 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4904 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4905 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4906 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4908 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4909 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4912 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4913 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4914 text in the composition.
4916 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4918 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4919 Decompose text in the current region.
4921 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4922 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4924 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4926 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4927 Compose characters in string STRING.
4929 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4930 the characters in it.
4932 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4933 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4934 STRING respectively.
4936 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4937 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4938 `compose-region' for more detail.
4940 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4941 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4942 text in the composition.
4944 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4946 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4947 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4949 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4951 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4952 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4953 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4954 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4955 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4956 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4957 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4958 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4960 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4962 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4963 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4965 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4966 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4968 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4969 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4971 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4972 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4974 If no composition is found, return nil.
4976 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4977 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4979 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4980 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4981 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4983 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4985 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4987 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4988 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4989 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4991 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4993 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4995 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4997 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4998 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
5000 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
5001 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
5002 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
5003 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
5004 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
5005 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
5006 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
5009 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
5011 nil -- if no characters were composed.
5012 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
5014 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
5016 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
5017 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
5019 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
5021 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
5023 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
5024 Compose last characters.
5025 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
5026 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
5027 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
5028 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
5029 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
5030 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
5031 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
5032 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
5033 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
5034 after a sequence of character events.
5037 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
5039 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
5040 Convert CHAR to string.
5042 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
5043 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
5044 vector of CHAR respectively.
5045 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
5047 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
5049 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
5053 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
5054 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
5055 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
5056 ;;;;;; (17713 5992))
5057 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
5059 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5060 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
5061 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
5062 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5063 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5064 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5065 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5067 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5068 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5069 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5071 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5072 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5073 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5075 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5076 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5077 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5078 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5080 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5081 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5082 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5083 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5084 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5085 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5086 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5092 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5093 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5094 Comments start with `#'.
5095 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5097 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
5107 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5108 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5109 Comments start with `;'.
5110 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5112 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
5114 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5115 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5116 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5118 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5119 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5123 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5124 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5125 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5126 between `/*' and `*/'.
5127 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5129 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
5130 // another kind of comment
5142 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5143 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5144 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
5145 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5146 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5147 `conf-space-keywords'.
5148 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5149 in an interactive fashion instead.
5151 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5153 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5155 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5159 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5161 # Standard multimedia devices
5162 add /dev/audio desktop
5163 add /dev/mixer desktop
5167 (autoload (quote conf-space-keywords) "conf-mode" "\
5168 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5169 See `conf-space-mode'.
5171 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5173 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5174 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5175 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5176 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5178 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5180 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5181 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5185 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5186 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5187 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5188 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5190 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5192 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5193 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5197 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5198 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5199 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5200 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5202 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5211 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5212 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17817 14124))
5213 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5215 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
5216 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5217 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5218 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5220 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5222 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
5223 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5224 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5225 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5227 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5229 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5230 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5231 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5232 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5234 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5236 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5237 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5239 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5243 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5244 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17390 26938))
5245 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5247 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5248 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5249 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5250 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5251 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5252 following the copyright are updated as well.
5253 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5256 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5258 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5259 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5260 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5264 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5265 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5267 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5271 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
5272 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (17817 13977))
5273 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5275 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5276 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5277 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5278 Tab indents for Perl code.
5279 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5280 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5282 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5283 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5284 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5285 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5286 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5287 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5288 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5289 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5290 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5291 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5292 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5293 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5295 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5297 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5298 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5300 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5302 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5303 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5304 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5305 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5306 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5307 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5308 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5309 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5310 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5312 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5316 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5317 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5318 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5321 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5322 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5323 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5325 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5327 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5328 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5329 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5330 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5331 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5333 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5343 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5344 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5345 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5346 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5347 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5348 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5349 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5350 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5351 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5352 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5353 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5354 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5355 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5357 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5358 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5359 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5360 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5361 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5362 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5364 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5365 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5368 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5369 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5370 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5371 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5372 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5374 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5375 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5376 span the needed amount of lines.
5378 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5379 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5380 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5381 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5383 Variables controlling indentation style:
5384 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5385 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5386 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5387 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5388 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5389 `cperl-auto-newline'
5390 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5391 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5392 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5393 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5394 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5395 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5396 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5397 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5398 `cperl-indent-level'
5399 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5400 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5401 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5402 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5403 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5404 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5405 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5406 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5407 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5408 `cperl-brace-offset'
5409 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5410 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5411 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5412 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5413 `cperl-label-offset'
5414 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5415 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5416 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5418 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5419 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5420 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5421 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5422 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5423 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5425 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5426 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5427 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5428 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5430 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5431 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5432 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5433 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
5434 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5435 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5437 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5438 column 0 is indented on
5439 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5441 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5444 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5445 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5446 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5450 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc) "cperl-mode" "\
5451 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5455 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc-at-point) "cperl-mode" "\
5456 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5462 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5463 ;;;;;; (17390 27408))
5464 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5466 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5467 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5468 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5469 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5470 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5474 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5475 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5481 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5482 ;;;;;; (17817 13982))
5483 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5485 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5486 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5487 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5488 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5490 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5491 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5493 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" nil)
5495 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5496 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5497 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5499 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5501 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5505 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5506 ;;;;;; (17817 13982))
5507 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5509 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5510 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5511 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5512 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5514 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5515 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5516 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5517 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5519 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5520 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5521 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5523 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5524 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5527 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5528 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5529 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5531 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5533 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5534 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5535 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5537 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5541 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5542 ;;;;;; (17817 13978))
5543 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5545 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5546 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5547 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5548 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5549 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5550 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5552 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" nil)
5554 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5555 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5556 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5557 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5558 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5560 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5561 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5562 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5563 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5564 function of these prefix keys.
5566 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5567 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5569 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5570 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5571 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5573 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5574 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5575 the prefix fallback behavior.
5577 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5578 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5579 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5580 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5582 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5584 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5585 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5588 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5589 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5590 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution, so you may\n"
5591 "now enable CUA via the Options menu or by customizing option `cua-mode'.\n\n"
5592 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5593 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5594 (if user-init-file (concat
5595 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5596 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5600 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5601 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5602 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5603 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5604 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window
5605 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5606 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5607 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5608 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
5609 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
5610 ;;;;;; (17817 16161))
5611 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5613 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5614 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5616 (custom-autoload (quote custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5618 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5619 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5621 (custom-autoload (quote custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5623 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5624 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5626 (custom-autoload (quote custom-menu-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5627 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5629 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5630 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5632 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5633 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5635 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5636 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5638 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5640 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5642 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5643 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5644 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5646 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5647 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5649 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5650 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5652 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5653 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5655 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5656 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5658 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5660 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5662 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5663 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5666 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5667 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5669 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5670 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5672 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5673 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5675 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5676 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5678 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5680 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5682 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5683 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5684 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5685 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5686 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5690 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5691 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5692 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5693 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5697 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5698 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5702 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5703 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5707 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5709 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5710 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5712 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5714 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5716 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5717 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5718 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5720 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5722 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5723 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5724 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5725 as part of Emacs itself.
5727 Each elements looks like this:
5729 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5731 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5732 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5733 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5734 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5735 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5736 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5737 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5740 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5742 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5743 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5744 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5745 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5746 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5748 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5749 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5750 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5751 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5753 (defalias (quote customize-changed) (quote customize-changed-options))
5755 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5756 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5757 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5758 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5759 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5761 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5762 that were added or redefined since that version.
5764 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5766 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5767 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5768 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5769 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5771 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5772 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5774 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5776 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5777 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5778 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5780 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5781 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5783 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5785 (autoload (quote customize-unsaved) "cus-edit" "\
5786 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5790 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5791 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5795 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5796 Customize all already saved user options.
5800 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5801 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5802 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5803 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5804 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5805 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5806 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5807 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5809 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5811 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5812 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5813 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5814 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5816 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5818 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5819 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5821 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5823 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5824 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5826 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5828 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5829 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5830 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5831 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5832 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5835 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5837 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5838 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5839 The result includes selecting that window.
5840 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5841 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5842 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5845 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5847 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5848 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5850 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5852 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5853 File used for storing customization information.
5854 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5855 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5856 it should be an absolute file name.
5858 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5859 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5860 something like the following in your init file:
5862 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5865 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5866 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5868 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5869 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5870 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5871 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5872 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5874 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5875 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5876 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5877 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5878 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5879 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5880 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5881 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5882 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5883 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5885 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit" t)
5887 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5888 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5892 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5893 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5897 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5898 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5899 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5901 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5903 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5904 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5905 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5906 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5907 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5909 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5913 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5914 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17390 26936))
5915 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5917 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5918 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5920 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5922 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5923 Alist of face attributes.
5925 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5926 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5927 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5928 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5929 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5930 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5932 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5933 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5934 customization type TYPE).
5936 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5937 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5938 given face attribute.")
5940 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5941 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5942 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5943 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5945 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5947 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5948 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5949 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5950 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5951 between themes and faces.
5952 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5954 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5955 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5957 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5959 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5960 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5961 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5965 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5967 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5969 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5970 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5971 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5973 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5977 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5979 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5983 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5984 ;;;;;; (17713 5203))
5985 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5987 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5988 Create a custom theme.
5994 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5995 ;;;;;; (17817 13975))
5996 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5998 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5999 Mode used for cvs status output.
6005 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
6006 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17390 27408))
6007 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
6009 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6010 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
6012 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
6013 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
6014 C++ modes are included.
6016 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6018 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6020 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6023 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
6024 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
6028 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
6029 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
6030 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6031 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6032 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6033 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
6035 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" nil)
6037 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6038 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
6039 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
6040 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
6041 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
6043 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6047 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
6048 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
6049 ;;;;;; (17817 14143))
6050 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
6052 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
6053 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6055 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6057 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
6058 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6060 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6062 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
6063 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
6064 For readability, the table is slightly
6065 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
6067 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
6068 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
6069 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
6070 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
6071 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
6073 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
6077 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
6078 ;;;;;; (17390 26936))
6079 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6080 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6081 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6083 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
6084 Completion on current word.
6085 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
6086 and presents suggestions for completion.
6088 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6089 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6092 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
6093 then it searches *all* buffers.
6095 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6097 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
6098 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
6100 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6101 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6102 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6103 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6104 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
6106 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6107 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6109 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6110 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6111 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6113 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6114 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6116 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
6122 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17390
6124 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6126 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
6127 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6129 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6130 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6131 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6133 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6134 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6135 Data lines are not indented.
6140 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6142 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
6143 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
6144 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
6145 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
6147 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6150 Extra indentation within blocks.
6152 dcl-continuation-offset
6153 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6156 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6158 dcl-margin-label-offset
6159 Indentation for a label.
6161 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6162 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6164 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6165 dcl-block-end-regexp
6166 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6167 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
6168 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6169 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6170 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6172 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6173 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6174 Two such functions are included in the package:
6175 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6176 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6178 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6179 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6180 One such function is included in the package:
6181 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6183 dcl-tab-always-indent
6184 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6185 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6188 dcl-electric-characters
6189 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6192 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6193 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6194 which words trigger electric indentation.
6197 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6198 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6199 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6201 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6202 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6203 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6204 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6206 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6207 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6208 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6209 dcl-imenu-label-call
6210 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6212 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6213 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6214 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6215 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6218 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6220 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6221 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6222 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6224 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6225 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6229 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6230 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6231 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6232 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6233 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6234 \"lined up with the command line\"
6236 Data lines are not indented at all.
6237 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6242 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6243 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6249 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6250 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17390 26938))
6251 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6253 (setq debugger (quote debug))
6255 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
6256 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6257 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6260 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6261 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6262 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6264 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6266 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6267 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6269 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6271 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6272 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6273 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6274 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6275 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6276 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6278 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6279 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6281 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6283 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6284 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6285 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6286 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6287 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6289 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6293 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6294 ;;;;;; (17817 14124))
6295 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6297 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
6298 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6302 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6303 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6304 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6305 Upper-case letters are commands.
6307 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6310 The most useful commands are:
6311 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6312 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6313 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6314 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6315 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6316 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6322 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6323 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17817
6325 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6327 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6328 Customization of `columns' group.
6332 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6333 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6335 START and END delimits the text region.
6337 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6339 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6340 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6342 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6344 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6348 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17611
6350 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6352 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6353 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6354 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6355 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6356 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6357 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6359 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6363 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6364 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6365 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6366 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6367 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6368 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6369 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6370 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6371 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6372 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6373 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6374 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6376 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6377 Directories to search when finding external units.
6378 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6379 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6383 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6384 Face used to color delphi comments.
6385 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6386 Face used to color delphi strings.
6387 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6388 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6389 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6390 Face used to color everything else.
6392 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6393 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6395 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6399 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17390
6401 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6403 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6405 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6406 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6407 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6408 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6409 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6410 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6412 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" nil)
6414 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6415 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6416 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6419 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6420 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6421 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6424 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6428 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6429 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17817 13982))
6430 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6432 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6433 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6435 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6437 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6438 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6439 or nil if there is no parent.
6440 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6441 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6442 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6443 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6444 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6446 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6447 arguments are currently understood:
6449 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6450 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6452 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6453 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6455 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6456 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6458 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6460 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6462 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6463 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6464 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6466 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6467 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6469 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6470 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6471 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6473 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6474 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6476 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6477 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6479 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6481 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6483 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6484 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6485 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6486 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6487 the first time the mode is used.
6489 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6493 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6494 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17817 13959))
6495 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6497 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6498 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6499 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6500 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6501 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6504 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6506 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6507 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6508 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6509 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6510 character composition information (if relevant),
6511 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6517 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6518 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6519 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6520 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (17713 5989))
6521 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6523 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6524 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6525 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
6527 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" nil)
6529 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6530 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6531 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6532 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6533 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6534 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6536 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6538 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6539 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6540 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6541 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6543 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop" t)
6545 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6546 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6547 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6549 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6550 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6551 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6553 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6554 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6556 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6557 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6558 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6560 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6561 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6562 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6563 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6565 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6567 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6568 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6570 Handlers are called with argument list
6572 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6574 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6576 desktop-file-version
6577 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6578 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6579 desktop-buffer-point
6581 desktop-buffer-read-only
6582 desktop-buffer-locals
6584 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6585 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6587 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6590 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6592 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6593 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6595 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6597 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6599 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6600 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6601 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6602 List elements must have the form
6604 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6606 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6609 Handlers are called with argument list
6611 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6613 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6615 desktop-file-version
6616 desktop-buffer-file-name
6618 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6619 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6620 desktop-buffer-point
6622 desktop-buffer-read-only
6625 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6626 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6629 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6632 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6634 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6635 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6637 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6639 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6641 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6643 (autoload (quote desktop-clear) "desktop" "\
6645 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6646 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6647 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6651 (autoload (quote desktop-save) "desktop" "\
6652 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6653 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6654 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6656 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6658 (autoload (quote desktop-remove) "desktop" "\
6659 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6660 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6664 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6665 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6666 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6667 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6668 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6669 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6670 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6671 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6673 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6675 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6676 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6677 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6681 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6682 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6683 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6684 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6687 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6689 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6690 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6694 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6695 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6701 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6702 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6703 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (17817 15855))
6704 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6706 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6707 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6708 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6709 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6710 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6711 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6713 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6715 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6716 Repair a broken attribution line.
6717 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6719 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6721 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6722 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6723 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6724 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6726 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6728 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6729 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6735 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6736 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17817 15478))
6737 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6739 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6741 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6744 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6746 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6753 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6754 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17518 54393))
6755 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6757 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6758 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6759 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6760 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6761 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6763 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6765 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6766 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6767 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6768 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6770 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6771 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6772 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6773 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6776 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6778 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6779 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6780 european-calendar-style t \\
6781 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6782 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6783 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6785 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6786 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6787 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6788 to run it every morning at 1am.
6790 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6792 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6793 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6799 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6800 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17549 4607))
6801 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6803 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6804 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6806 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff")
6808 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6809 *The command to use to run diff.")
6811 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff")
6813 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6814 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6815 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6816 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6817 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6818 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6820 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6822 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6823 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6824 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6825 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6826 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6827 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6829 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6833 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6834 ;;;;;; (17778 50473))
6835 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6837 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6838 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6839 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6841 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6842 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6843 headers for you on-the-fly.
6845 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6846 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6847 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6852 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6853 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6854 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6856 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6860 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6861 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6862 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6863 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6864 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (17817 16882))
6865 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6867 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6868 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6869 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6870 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6871 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6872 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6873 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6874 `insert-directory' on `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6876 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired" t)
6878 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6879 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6881 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6882 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6883 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6884 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6885 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6887 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6888 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6890 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6891 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6892 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6893 always set this variable to t.")
6895 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired" t)
6897 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6898 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6899 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6900 A value of t means move to first file.")
6902 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired" t)
6904 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6905 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6906 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6907 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6908 are afterward marked with that character.")
6910 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired" t)
6912 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6913 *Controls marking of copied files.
6914 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6915 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6917 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired" t)
6919 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6920 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6921 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6922 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6924 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired" t)
6926 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6927 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6928 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6929 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6931 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired" t)
6933 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6934 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6935 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6936 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6938 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6940 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired" t)
6942 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6943 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6944 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6946 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired" t)
6948 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6949 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6950 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6951 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6952 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6953 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6955 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6956 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6957 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6958 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6959 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6960 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6961 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6962 list of files to make directory entries for.
6963 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6964 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6965 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6966 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6968 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6970 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6971 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6973 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6974 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6976 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6977 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6979 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6980 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6982 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6984 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6985 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6987 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6989 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6990 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6991 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6992 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6993 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6994 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6995 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6996 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6997 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6998 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6999 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
7000 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
7001 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
7002 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
7003 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
7004 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
7005 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
7006 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
7007 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
7008 to see why something went wrong.
7009 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
7010 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
7011 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
7012 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
7013 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
7014 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
7015 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
7016 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
7017 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
7018 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
7019 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
7020 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
7021 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
7023 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
7024 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
7025 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
7026 again for the directory tree.
7028 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
7031 `dired-listing-switches'
7032 `dired-trivial-filenames'
7033 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
7036 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
7037 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
7038 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
7039 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
7041 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
7043 `dired-before-readin-hook'
7044 `dired-after-readin-hook'
7051 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7052 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
7056 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
7057 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
7058 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
7059 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
7060 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
7061 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
7062 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
7063 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
7064 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
7065 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
7066 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
7067 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
7068 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
7069 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17778 50473))
7070 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
7072 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7073 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
7074 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
7075 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
7076 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
7077 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
7078 which is options for `diff'.
7080 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7082 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7083 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7084 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7085 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7086 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7087 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
7089 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7091 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
7092 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
7093 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
7094 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
7095 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
7096 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
7097 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
7099 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
7101 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
7102 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
7103 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
7104 returned by function `file-attributes'
7106 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
7107 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
7109 Examples of PREDICATE:
7111 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
7112 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
7113 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
7114 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
7115 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
7117 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
7119 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
7120 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7121 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
7123 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7125 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
7126 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7128 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7130 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
7131 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7133 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7135 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
7136 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7139 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7141 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
7142 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
7143 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
7144 `lpr-switches' as default.
7146 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7148 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7149 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
7150 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
7151 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
7152 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
7154 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
7155 with a prefix argument.
7159 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7160 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
7161 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
7162 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
7163 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
7165 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
7166 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
7168 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
7169 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7170 file name substituted for `?'.
7172 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7173 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
7175 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7176 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7177 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
7178 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7180 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7182 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7183 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7184 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7186 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7187 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7190 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7191 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7192 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7194 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7196 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7199 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7201 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
7202 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7203 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7204 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
7205 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7206 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7207 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7208 from the buffer as well.
7209 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7210 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7211 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7213 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7215 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
7218 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7220 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
7223 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7225 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
7226 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7228 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7230 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
7231 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7233 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7235 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
7236 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7238 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7240 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
7241 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7242 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7243 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7245 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7246 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7247 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7248 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7249 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7250 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7251 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7253 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7255 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
7258 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7260 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
7263 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7265 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
7266 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7268 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7270 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
7273 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7275 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
7278 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7280 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7281 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7283 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7285 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
7286 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7287 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7288 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7289 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7290 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7291 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7292 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7293 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7295 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
7298 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7300 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
7301 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7302 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7303 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7304 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7305 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7306 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7307 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7309 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7311 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7312 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7313 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7314 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7315 and new hard links are made in that directory
7316 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7317 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7318 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7320 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7322 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7323 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7324 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7325 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7326 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7327 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7328 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7330 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7332 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7333 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7335 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7336 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7337 file if none are marked.
7339 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7340 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7341 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7342 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7344 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7345 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7347 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7349 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7350 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7351 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7353 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7355 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7356 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7357 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7359 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7361 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7362 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7363 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7365 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7367 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7368 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7370 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7372 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7373 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7377 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7378 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7379 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7380 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7381 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7382 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7384 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7386 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7387 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7388 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7389 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7390 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7391 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7392 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7394 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7396 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7397 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7398 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7399 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7400 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7401 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7403 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7405 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7407 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7408 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7409 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7411 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7413 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7414 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7415 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7416 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7420 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7421 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7422 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7423 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7427 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7428 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7429 Lower levels are unaffected.
7431 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7433 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7434 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7438 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7439 Go down in the dired tree.
7443 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7444 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7445 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7446 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7450 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7451 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7452 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7453 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7457 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7458 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7459 Stops when a match is found.
7460 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7462 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7464 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7465 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7466 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7467 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7468 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7470 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7472 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7473 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7474 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7475 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7477 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7481 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (17713 5989))
7482 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7484 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7485 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7486 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7487 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7488 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7489 buffer and try again.
7491 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7495 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17817 13975))
7496 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7498 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7499 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7500 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7502 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7504 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7505 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7507 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7508 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7510 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7514 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17390
7516 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7518 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7519 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7520 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7521 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7522 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7523 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7525 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7529 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
7530 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
7531 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
7532 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
7533 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17817 13975))
7534 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7536 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7537 Return a new, empty display table.
7541 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7542 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7543 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7544 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7545 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7547 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7549 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7550 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7551 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7552 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7553 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7555 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7557 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7558 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7562 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7563 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7567 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7568 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7572 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7573 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7577 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7578 Display character C using printable string S.
7582 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7583 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7584 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7585 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7587 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7589 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7590 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7591 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7594 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7596 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7597 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7599 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7601 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7602 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7604 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7606 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7607 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7609 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7610 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7611 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7612 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7614 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7615 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7616 European character display.
7618 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7619 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7620 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7621 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7623 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7624 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7625 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7626 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7627 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7633 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7634 ;;;;;; (17817 14124))
7635 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7637 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7638 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7639 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7640 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7641 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7642 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7643 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7646 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7650 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17713 5989))
7651 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7653 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file))) "\
7654 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7655 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7656 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7657 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7658 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7660 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7661 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7662 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7663 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7664 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7666 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" t)
7670 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7671 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17713 5203))
7672 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7674 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7675 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7676 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7677 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7678 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7679 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7680 table and its own syntax table.
7682 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7685 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7687 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7688 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7691 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7695 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17817 14124))
7696 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7698 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7699 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7705 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7706 ;;;;;; (17817 13975))
7707 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7709 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7711 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7712 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7714 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double" nil)
7716 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7718 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7720 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7721 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7727 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17778 50475))
7728 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7730 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7731 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7737 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7738 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
7739 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7741 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7742 Play sounds in message buffers.
7748 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7749 ;;;;;; define-global-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7750 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17817 16945))
7751 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7753 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7755 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7756 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7757 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7758 and toggle command MODE.
7760 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7761 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7762 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7763 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7764 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7765 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7766 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7767 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7770 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7771 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7772 and before running the hook variable `mode-HOOK'.
7773 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7774 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7775 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7776 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7777 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7778 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7779 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7780 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7781 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7782 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7783 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7784 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7785 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7786 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7788 For example, you could write
7789 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7790 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7793 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7795 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-global-minor-mode))
7797 (autoload (quote define-global-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7798 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7799 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7800 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7801 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7802 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7803 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7804 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7805 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7806 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7807 or :keymap keywords to `define-global-minor-mode', since these
7808 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7810 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7811 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7812 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7813 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7814 call another major mode in their body.
7816 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7818 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7819 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7820 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7821 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7822 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7823 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7824 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7826 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7828 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7831 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7833 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7834 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7835 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7837 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7841 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7842 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17817
7844 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7846 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7848 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7849 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7851 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7852 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7853 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7855 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7856 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7860 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7861 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7865 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7866 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7870 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7871 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7873 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7875 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7877 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7879 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7880 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7882 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7883 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7885 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7887 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7889 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7893 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7894 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7895 computed automatically.
7896 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7900 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7902 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7903 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7904 keyboard equivalent.
7908 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7909 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7913 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7914 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7918 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7919 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7923 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7927 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7928 radio: A radio button.
7929 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7930 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7932 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7936 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7937 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7941 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7943 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7944 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7945 as a solid horizontal line.
7947 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7949 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7951 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7954 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7956 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7957 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7958 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7959 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7961 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7963 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7964 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7965 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7966 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7967 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7968 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7970 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7971 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7972 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7974 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7975 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7976 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7978 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7979 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7980 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7982 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7983 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7985 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7989 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7990 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7991 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
7992 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
7993 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
7994 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7995 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7996 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17817 13971))
7997 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7999 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
8000 Customization for ebnf group.
8004 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8005 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8007 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8009 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8012 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8014 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8016 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8017 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8019 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8020 killed after process termination.
8022 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8024 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8026 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8027 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8029 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
8030 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
8033 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
8034 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
8035 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
8036 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
8038 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8040 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8041 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
8042 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
8044 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8046 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8047 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8049 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8051 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8054 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8056 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8058 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8059 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8061 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8062 killed after process termination.
8064 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8066 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8068 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8069 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8070 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8071 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8073 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8077 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8078 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8079 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8081 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8083 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8085 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8086 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8088 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8090 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8093 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8095 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8097 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8098 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8100 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8101 killed after EPS generation.
8103 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8105 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8107 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8108 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
8110 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
8111 The EPS file name has the following form:
8113 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8115 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8116 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8118 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8119 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
8120 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
8121 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8123 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
8127 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8128 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
8130 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
8131 The EPS file name has the following form:
8133 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8135 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8136 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8138 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8139 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
8140 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
8141 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8143 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
8145 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8147 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
8149 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8150 Does a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8152 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8154 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8157 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8159 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8161 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8162 Does a syntactic analysis of the FILE.
8164 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8165 killed after syntax checking.
8167 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8169 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8171 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8172 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8176 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8177 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
8179 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8181 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
8182 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8186 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8187 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8189 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8191 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8193 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8196 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8200 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8201 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8203 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8205 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8207 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8208 Set STYLE as the current style.
8210 It returns the old style symbol.
8212 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8216 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8217 Reset current style.
8219 It returns the old style symbol.
8221 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8223 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8225 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8226 Push the current style and set STYLE as the current style.
8228 It returns the old style symbol.
8230 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8232 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8234 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8235 Pop a style and set it as the current style.
8237 It returns the old style symbol.
8239 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8245 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8246 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8247 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8248 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8249 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8250 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8251 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8252 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8253 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8254 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8255 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17591
8257 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8259 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8260 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8261 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8262 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8263 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8264 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8266 Tree mode key bindings:
8267 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8271 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8272 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8276 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8277 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8279 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8283 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8284 View declaration of member at point.
8288 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8289 Find declaration of member at point.
8293 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8294 View definition of member at point.
8298 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8299 Find definition of member at point.
8303 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8304 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8308 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8309 View definition of member at point in other window.
8313 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8314 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8318 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8319 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8323 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8324 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8328 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8329 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8333 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8334 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8335 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8336 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8339 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8341 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8342 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8343 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8344 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8346 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8348 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8349 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8350 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8351 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8353 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8355 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8356 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8357 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8359 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8361 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8362 Search for call sites of a member.
8363 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8364 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8365 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8366 looks like a function call to the member.
8368 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8370 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8371 Move backward in the position stack.
8372 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8376 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8377 Move forward in the position stack.
8378 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8382 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8383 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8387 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8388 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8392 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8393 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8394 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8395 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8397 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8399 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8400 Display statistics for a class tree.
8406 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8407 ;;;;;; (17817 13975))
8408 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8410 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8411 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8412 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8413 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8415 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8416 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8417 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8419 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8420 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8421 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8423 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8425 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8431 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8432 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17817 13975))
8433 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8435 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8436 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8437 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8439 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8443 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8444 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8445 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17713 5203))
8446 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8448 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8449 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8450 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8451 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8452 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8454 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8455 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8456 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8457 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8459 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" t)
8461 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8462 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8463 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8464 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8466 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" t)
8468 (autoload (quote edebug-basic-spec) "edebug" "\
8469 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8470 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8471 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8473 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8475 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8477 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8478 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8479 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8480 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8481 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8483 If you do this on a function definition
8484 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8485 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8486 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8487 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8489 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8490 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8491 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8492 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8497 (autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "\
8498 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8502 (autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" "\
8503 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8509 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8510 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8511 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8512 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8513 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8514 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8515 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8516 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8517 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8518 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17778 50473))
8519 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8521 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8522 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8524 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8526 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8527 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8529 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8531 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8533 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8535 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8536 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8537 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8538 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8542 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8543 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8545 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8547 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8549 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8550 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8552 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8554 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8556 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8557 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8558 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8559 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8561 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8563 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8565 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8566 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8567 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8568 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8570 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8572 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8574 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8575 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8576 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8577 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8579 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8581 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8583 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8584 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8585 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8586 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8588 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8590 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8592 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8593 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8594 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8595 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8596 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8597 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8599 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8601 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8602 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8603 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8604 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8606 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8608 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8610 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8611 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8612 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8613 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8615 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8617 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8619 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8621 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8622 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8623 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8625 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8626 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8628 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8630 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8631 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8632 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8634 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8635 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8637 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8639 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8640 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8641 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8642 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8643 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8645 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8647 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8648 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8649 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8650 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8651 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8652 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8654 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8656 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8658 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8659 Merge two files without ancestor.
8661 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8663 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8664 Merge two files with ancestor.
8666 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8668 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8670 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8671 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8673 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8675 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8676 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8678 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8680 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8681 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8682 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8685 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8687 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8688 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8689 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8692 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8694 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8695 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8696 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8697 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8701 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8702 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8703 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8704 and don't ask the user.
8705 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8706 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8708 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8710 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8711 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8712 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8713 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8714 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8715 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8716 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8717 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8719 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8721 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8723 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8725 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8726 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8727 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8728 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8729 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8731 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8733 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8735 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8736 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8737 When called interactively, displays the version.
8741 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8742 Display Ediff's manual.
8743 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8745 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8749 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8750 ;;;;;; (17401 60342))
8751 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8753 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17401 60342))
8761 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8763 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8764 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8766 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8768 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8772 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8773 ;;;;;; (17778 49123))
8774 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8776 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8777 Display Ediff's registry.
8781 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8785 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8786 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17713 5989))
8787 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8789 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8790 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8791 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8796 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8797 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8798 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8799 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8805 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8806 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8807 ;;;;;; (17817 13975))
8808 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8810 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8811 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8812 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8814 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8815 Edit a keyboard macro.
8816 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8817 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8818 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8820 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8822 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8824 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8825 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8827 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8829 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8830 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8832 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8834 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8835 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8836 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8837 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8838 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8839 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8841 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8842 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8843 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8844 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8846 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8848 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8849 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8850 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8851 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8852 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8853 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8855 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8859 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8860 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17817 15738))
8861 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8863 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8865 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8866 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8868 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8870 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8871 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8877 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8878 ;;;;;; (17778 50473))
8879 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8881 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8882 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8883 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
8884 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8885 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8886 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8887 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8888 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8890 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8891 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8893 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8894 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8895 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8896 this value is non-nil.
8898 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8899 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8900 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8902 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8903 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8904 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
8906 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8908 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8911 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8915 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8916 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17817 13982))
8917 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8919 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8920 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8922 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc" t)
8924 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8925 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8926 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8927 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8928 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8929 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8930 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8932 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8934 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8936 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8937 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
8941 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8942 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8943 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8944 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8945 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8946 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8949 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8950 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8954 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17817
8956 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8958 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8959 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8961 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8962 an elided material again.
8964 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8966 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8970 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8971 ;;;;;; (17817 13982))
8972 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8974 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
8981 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8982 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17390
8984 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8986 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
8987 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8988 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8990 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8992 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
8993 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8994 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8996 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8998 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
8999 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
9000 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
9002 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
9004 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
9006 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
9007 Display current profiling results.
9008 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
9009 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
9016 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
9017 ;;;;;; (17778 50475))
9018 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
9020 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
9021 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
9022 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9024 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
9028 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
9029 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
9030 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
9031 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
9032 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17279 27122))
9033 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
9035 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
9036 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
9037 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
9038 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
9039 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
9040 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
9041 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
9042 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
9043 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
9044 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
9045 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
9046 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
9047 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
9048 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
9049 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
9050 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
9052 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
9053 Run Emerge on two files.
9055 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9057 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9058 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
9060 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9062 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
9063 Run Emerge on two buffers.
9065 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9067 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9068 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
9070 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9072 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
9077 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
9082 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
9085 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9087 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
9090 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9092 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
9093 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
9095 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9097 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9098 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
9100 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9102 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
9105 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9109 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
9110 ;;;;;; (17817 15477))
9111 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
9113 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "\
9114 Set up a `key-translation-map' for `keyboard-coding-system' on DISPLAY.
9116 DISPLAY may be a display id, a frame, or nil for the selected frame's display.
9118 \(fn DISPLAY)" nil nil)
9122 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
9123 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17817 14127))
9124 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9126 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
9127 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9128 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9129 text/enriched format.
9130 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9132 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9133 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
9137 \\{enriched-mode-map}
9139 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9141 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
9144 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9146 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
9149 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9153 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
9154 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (17817 15473))
9155 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9157 (autoload (quote erc-select-read-args) "erc" "\
9158 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9162 (autoload (quote erc) "erc" "\
9163 Select connection parameters and run ERC.
9164 Non-interactively, it takes keyword arguments
9165 (server (erc-compute-server))
9166 (port (erc-compute-port))
9167 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9169 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9171 That is, if called with
9173 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9175 server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9176 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9177 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9179 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9181 (autoload (quote erc-handle-irc-url) "erc" "\
9182 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9183 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9184 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9186 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (17778
9192 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9193 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (17454 30949))
9198 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9199 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (17778 50473))
9204 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9205 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9209 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9210 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (17817 13983))
9211 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9213 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9214 Parser for /dcc command.
9215 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9216 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9217 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9219 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9221 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9222 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9226 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook (quote (erc-ctcp-query-DCC)) "\
9227 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9229 (autoload (quote erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9230 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9231 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9234 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9238 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9239 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9240 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9241 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9242 ;;;;;; (17817 14136))
9243 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9245 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9246 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9248 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9250 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-get-login) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9251 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9252 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9253 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9255 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9257 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-lookup-action) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9260 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9262 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-notice-autodetect) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9263 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9265 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9267 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-identify) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9268 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9270 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9272 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-init-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9273 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9275 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9277 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-end-of-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9278 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9280 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9282 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-add-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9283 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9285 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9287 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9288 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9290 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9292 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9293 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9297 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-initialize) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9298 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9304 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (17778
9306 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9307 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9309 (autoload (quote erc-fill) "erc-fill" "\
9310 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9311 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (17396
9319 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9320 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9324 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9325 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (17591 9873))
9326 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9327 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9329 (autoload (quote erc-identd-start) "erc-identd" "\
9330 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9331 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9332 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9333 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9334 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9337 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9339 (autoload (quote erc-identd-stop) "erc-identd" "\
9342 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9346 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9347 ;;;;;; (17591 9873))
9348 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9350 (autoload (quote erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "\
9357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (17469 12056))
9358 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9359 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9363 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9364 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (17778 50473))
9365 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9366 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9368 (autoload (quote erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log" "\
9369 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9370 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9371 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9372 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9373 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9375 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9377 (autoload (quote erc-save-buffer-in-logs) "erc-log" "\
9378 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9379 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9380 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9382 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9383 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9386 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9387 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9389 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9393 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9394 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9395 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9396 ;;;;;; (17713 5203))
9397 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9398 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9400 (autoload (quote erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "\
9401 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9405 (autoload (quote erc-delete-pal) "erc-match" "\
9406 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9410 (autoload (quote erc-add-fool) "erc-match" "\
9411 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9415 (autoload (quote erc-delete-fool) "erc-match" "\
9416 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9420 (autoload (quote erc-add-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9421 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9425 (autoload (quote erc-delete-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9426 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9430 (autoload (quote erc-add-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9431 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9435 (autoload (quote erc-delete-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9436 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9442 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9443 ;;;;;; (17469 12056))
9444 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9445 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9447 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "\
9454 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9455 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (17778 50473))
9456 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9458 (autoload (quote erc-determine-network) "erc-networks" "\
9459 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9460 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9461 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9465 (autoload (quote erc-server-select) "erc-networks" "\
9466 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9472 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9473 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (17396 42158))
9474 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9475 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9477 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9478 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9479 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9480 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9482 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9484 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (17396 42158))
9492 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9493 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (17591
9499 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9500 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (17778 50473))
9505 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9506 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (17396 42158))
9511 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9512 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9516 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9517 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (17396 42158))
9518 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9519 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9521 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify-mode) "erc-services" "\
9522 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9526 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify) "erc-services" "\
9527 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9528 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9530 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (17778 50473))
9535 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9536 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9540 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9541 ;;;;;; (17396 42158))
9542 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9544 (autoload (quote erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "\
9545 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9546 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (17713
9554 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9555 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (17817 13983))
9560 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9561 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (17778 50473))
9566 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9567 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9568 (autoload 'erc-track-when-inactive-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9572 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9573 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (17778 50473))
9574 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9575 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9577 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer-to-size) "erc-truncate" "\
9578 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9579 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9580 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9582 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9584 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer) "erc-truncate" "\
9585 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9586 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9592 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9593 ;;;;;; (17396 42158))
9594 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9596 (autoload (quote erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "\
9597 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9603 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17390
9605 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9607 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
9608 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9616 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17817
9618 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9620 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
9621 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9623 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9627 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9628 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17817 14118))
9629 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9631 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
9632 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9633 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9634 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9635 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9636 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9637 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9638 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9639 buffer selected (or created).
9641 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9643 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
9644 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9645 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9647 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9649 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
9650 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9651 The result might be any Lisp object.
9652 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9653 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9654 corresponding to a successful execution.
9656 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9658 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
9659 Report a bug in Eshell.
9660 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9661 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9667 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9668 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9669 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9670 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9671 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9672 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9673 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9674 ;;;;;; (17411 11766))
9675 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9677 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9678 *File name of tags table.
9679 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9680 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9681 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9682 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9684 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
9685 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9686 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9687 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9689 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags" t)
9691 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9692 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9693 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9694 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9695 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9696 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9698 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags" t)
9700 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
9701 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9702 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9703 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9704 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9705 `auto-compression-mode').")
9707 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags" t)
9709 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
9710 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9711 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9712 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9713 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9715 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags" t)
9717 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9718 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9719 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9720 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9722 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags" t)
9724 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9725 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9726 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9727 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9728 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9730 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags" t)
9732 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
9733 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9737 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
9738 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9739 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9740 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9742 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9743 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9744 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9745 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9746 file the tag was in.
9748 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9750 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
9751 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9752 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9753 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9754 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9755 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9756 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9757 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9758 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9760 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9762 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9763 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9764 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9765 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9766 without directory names.
9770 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9771 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9772 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9773 but does not select the buffer.
9774 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9776 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9777 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9778 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9779 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9780 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9782 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9784 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9785 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9786 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9788 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9790 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9792 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9793 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9794 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9795 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9797 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9798 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9799 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9800 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9801 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9803 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9805 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9806 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9807 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9809 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9811 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9812 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9814 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9815 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9816 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9817 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9818 around or before point.
9820 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9821 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9822 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9823 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9824 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9826 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9828 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9829 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9830 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9832 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9834 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9835 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9837 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9838 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9839 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9840 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9841 around or before point.
9843 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9844 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9845 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9846 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9847 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9849 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9851 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9852 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9853 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9855 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9857 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9858 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9860 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9861 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9862 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9864 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9865 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9866 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9867 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9868 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9870 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9872 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9873 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9874 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9876 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9878 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9879 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9880 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9882 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9883 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9885 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9886 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9887 where they were found.
9891 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9892 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9894 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9895 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9896 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9898 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9899 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9901 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9902 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9904 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9906 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9907 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9908 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9909 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9911 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9912 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9913 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9914 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9915 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9917 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9918 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9920 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
9921 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9922 Stops when a match is found.
9923 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9925 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9927 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9929 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
9930 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9931 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9932 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9933 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9935 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9937 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
9939 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
9940 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9941 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9942 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9943 directory specification.
9945 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9947 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
9948 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9950 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9952 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
9953 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9954 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9955 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9959 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
9960 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9961 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9962 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9963 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9969 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9970 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9971 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9972 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
9973 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
9974 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
9975 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
9976 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17817 15478))
9977 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9979 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
9984 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
9985 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9986 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
9987 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9989 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
9990 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9993 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
9994 even if the buffer is read-only.
9996 See also the descriptions of the variables
9997 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9998 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10000 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10002 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10003 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
10005 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10006 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10008 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
10009 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10012 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
10013 buffer is read-only.
10015 See also the descriptions of the variables
10016 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10017 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10019 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10021 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10022 Execute `ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail' or `ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10023 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10027 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10028 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
10030 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
10031 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
10033 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
10034 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
10036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10038 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10039 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
10040 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
10041 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10043 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10045 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
10046 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
10047 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10048 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10050 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
10051 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
10052 the primary language.
10054 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
10055 buffer is read-only.
10057 See also the descriptions of the variables
10058 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10059 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10061 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10063 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10064 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
10065 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10066 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10068 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
10069 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
10072 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
10073 buffer is read-only.
10075 See also the descriptions of the variables
10076 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10077 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10079 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10081 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10082 Execute `ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail' or `ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10083 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10085 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10087 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10088 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
10090 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
10091 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
10092 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
10093 3) convert the body into SERA.
10095 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
10099 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10100 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
10101 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10103 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10105 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
10106 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
10110 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
10111 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10113 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10114 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
10117 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10118 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10119 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10121 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
10123 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10125 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
10126 Allow the user to input special characters.
10130 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10131 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10132 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
10136 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10137 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10141 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10142 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10144 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10145 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10147 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10148 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10152 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10153 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10157 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
10158 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
10162 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
10163 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10169 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10170 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10171 ;;;;;; (17817 14121))
10172 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10174 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
10175 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10176 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10177 server for future sessions.
10179 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10181 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
10182 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10183 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10185 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10187 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
10188 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10189 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10191 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10193 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
10194 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10195 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10196 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10197 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10198 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10199 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10200 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10201 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10202 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10203 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10204 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10206 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10208 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
10209 Display a form to query the directory server.
10210 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10211 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10213 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10215 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
10216 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10217 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10221 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10225 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10226 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10227 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17817 14121))
10228 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10230 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
10231 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10233 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10235 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
10236 Display URL and make it clickable.
10238 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10240 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
10241 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10243 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10245 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
10246 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10248 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10250 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
10251 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10253 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10255 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
10256 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10258 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10262 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10263 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17817 14121))
10264 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10266 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
10267 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10268 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10272 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
10273 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10279 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10280 ;;;;;; (17817 14121))
10281 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10283 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
10284 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10290 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (17817
10292 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10294 (autoload (quote ewoc-create) "ewoc" "\
10295 Create an empty ewoc.
10297 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10299 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10300 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10301 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10302 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10303 `insert-before-markers'.
10305 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10306 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10307 respectively, of the ewoc.
10309 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10310 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10311 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10313 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10317 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10318 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10319 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10320 ;;;;;; (17390 27408))
10321 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10323 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "\
10324 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10325 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10327 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10329 (autoload (quote executable-interpret) "executable" "\
10330 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10331 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10332 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10333 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10335 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10337 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
10338 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10339 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10340 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10341 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10344 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10346 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
10347 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10348 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10352 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
10353 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10354 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10361 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10362 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (17817 13975))
10363 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10365 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
10366 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10367 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10368 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10370 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10372 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10373 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10374 to generate such functions.
10376 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10377 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10378 beginning of the expanded text.
10380 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10381 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10382 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10383 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10385 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10387 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10389 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
10390 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10391 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10395 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
10396 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10397 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10400 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10401 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10405 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17817 13977))
10406 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10408 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
10409 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10410 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10412 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10413 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10414 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10416 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10421 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10424 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10426 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10428 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10429 `f90-program-indent'
10430 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10432 `f90-continuation-indent'
10433 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10434 `f90-comment-region'
10435 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10436 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10437 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10438 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10440 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10441 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10442 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10443 `f90-break-delimiters'
10444 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10445 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10446 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10447 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10449 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10450 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10452 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10453 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10454 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10455 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10456 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10457 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10458 `f90-leave-line-no'
10459 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10461 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10462 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10468 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10469 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10470 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10471 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10472 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17817 13971))
10473 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10474 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
10475 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
10477 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
10478 Menu keymap for faces.")
10480 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
10482 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
10483 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10485 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
10487 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
10488 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10490 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
10492 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
10493 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10495 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
10497 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
10498 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10500 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
10502 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
10503 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10505 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
10507 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10508 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10510 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10512 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10514 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
10516 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
10518 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
10519 Apply FACE to the region or next character typed.
10521 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient
10522 Mark mode) and nonempty, and there is no prefix argument,
10523 this command applies FACE to the region. Otherwise, it applies FACE
10524 to the faces to use for the next character
10525 inserted. (Moving point or switching buffers before typing
10526 a character to insert cancels the specification.)
10528 If FACE is `default', to \"apply\" it means clearing
10529 the list of faces to be used. For any other value of FACE,
10530 to \"apply\" it means putting FACE at the front of the list
10531 of faces to be used, and removing any faces further
10532 along in the list that would be completely overridden by
10533 preceding faces (including FACE).
10535 This command can also add FACE to the menu of faces,
10536 if `facemenu-listed-faces' says to do that.
10538 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10540 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
10541 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10542 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10544 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10545 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10548 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10549 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10550 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10552 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10554 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
10555 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10556 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10558 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10559 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10562 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10563 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10564 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10566 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10568 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
10569 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10570 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10571 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10572 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10573 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10574 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10576 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10577 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10580 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10581 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10582 to insert cancels the specification.
10584 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10586 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
10587 Make the region invisible.
10588 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10589 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10591 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10593 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
10594 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10595 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10596 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10598 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10600 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
10601 Make the region unmodifiable.
10602 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10603 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10605 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10607 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
10608 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10610 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10612 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
10613 Remove all text properties from the region.
10615 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10617 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
10618 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10619 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10621 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10623 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
10624 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10626 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10628 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
10629 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10630 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10631 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10632 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10633 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10635 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10639 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
10640 ;;;;;; "obsolete/fast-lock.el" (17817 14122))
10641 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/fast-lock.el
10643 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
10644 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
10645 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
10646 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10648 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
10650 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
10651 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
10652 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
10654 Font Lock caches may be saved:
10655 - When you save the file's buffer.
10656 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
10657 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
10658 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
10659 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
10661 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
10663 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
10664 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
10665 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
10666 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
10668 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10670 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
10671 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
10675 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
10679 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10680 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10681 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17778 50475))
10682 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10684 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
10685 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10686 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10687 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10691 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
10692 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10694 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10696 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
10697 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10698 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10699 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10701 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10703 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
10704 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10705 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10706 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10707 backup file names and the like).
10709 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10711 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
10712 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10713 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10714 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10715 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10716 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10717 internally by feedmail):
10719 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10720 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10721 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10722 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10724 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10725 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10726 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10727 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10728 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10730 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10734 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10735 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17817 13975))
10736 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10738 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
10739 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10740 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10741 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10742 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10743 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10744 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10746 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10748 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
10749 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10750 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10751 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10752 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10753 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10754 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10756 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10758 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
10760 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
10761 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10762 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10763 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10764 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10765 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10767 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10769 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
10770 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10771 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10773 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10774 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10779 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
10780 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10782 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10784 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
10785 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10791 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10792 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10793 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10794 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (17817 13975))
10795 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10797 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory) "filecache" "\
10798 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10799 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10800 be added to the cache.
10802 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10804 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-list) "filecache" "\
10805 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10806 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10807 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10808 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10810 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10812 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-file) "filecache" "\
10813 Add FILE to the file cache.
10817 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-find) "filecache" "\
10818 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10819 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10821 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10823 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-locate) "filecache" "\
10824 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10825 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10827 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10829 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-recursively) "filecache" "\
10830 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10831 This function does not use any external programs
10832 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10833 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10834 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10836 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10838 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10839 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10840 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10841 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10842 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10843 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10844 \(directories) is done.
10847 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10848 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10849 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10853 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17778
10855 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10857 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10858 Filesets initialization.
10859 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (17817 16882))
10866 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
10867 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
10871 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10872 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10873 ;;;;;; (17817 13975))
10874 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10876 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10877 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10878 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10879 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10880 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10882 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired" t)
10884 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10885 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10886 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10887 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10888 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10890 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired" t)
10892 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10893 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10894 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10895 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10897 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired" t)
10899 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10900 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10901 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10903 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10905 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10906 as the final argument.
10908 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10910 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
10911 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10912 and run dired on those files.
10913 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10914 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10916 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10918 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10920 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
10921 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10922 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10924 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10926 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10928 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10932 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10933 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10934 ;;;;;; (17817 13975))
10935 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10937 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2))))) "\
10938 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10939 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10940 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10941 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10942 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10943 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10945 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
10946 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10947 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10949 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10951 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10953 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
10955 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10956 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10957 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10959 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10960 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10962 Variables of interest include:
10964 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10965 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10966 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10968 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10969 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10970 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10972 - `ff-ignore-include'
10973 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10975 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10976 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10979 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10981 - `ff-special-constructs'
10982 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10983 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10984 extracting the filename from that construct.
10986 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10987 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10989 - `ff-search-directories'
10990 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10991 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10993 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10994 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10996 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10997 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10999 - `ff-post-load-hook'
11000 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
11002 - `ff-not-found-hook'
11003 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
11005 - `ff-file-created-hook'
11006 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
11008 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
11010 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
11011 Visit the file you click on.
11013 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11015 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
11016 Visit the file you click on in another window.
11018 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11022 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
11023 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
11024 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
11025 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
11026 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
11027 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
11028 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17817 14115))
11029 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
11031 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
11032 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
11034 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
11036 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
11037 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
11038 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
11039 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
11041 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
11042 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
11043 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
11044 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
11046 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
11048 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
11049 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
11051 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
11052 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
11053 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
11054 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
11056 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
11057 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
11060 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
11062 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
11063 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
11065 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
11066 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
11067 places point before the definition.
11068 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11070 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
11071 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11072 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11074 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11076 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
11077 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11079 See `find-function' for more details.
11081 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11083 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11084 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11086 See `find-function' for more details.
11088 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11090 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
11091 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
11093 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
11094 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
11095 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11097 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
11098 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11100 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11102 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
11103 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
11105 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
11106 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11107 places point before the definition.
11109 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11111 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
11112 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11113 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11115 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11117 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
11118 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11120 See `find-variable' for more details.
11122 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11124 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11125 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11127 See `find-variable' for more details.
11129 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11131 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
11132 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11133 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11134 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11135 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11136 buffer nor display it.
11138 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11139 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11141 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11143 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
11144 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11146 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11147 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11148 places point before the definition.
11150 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11152 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11153 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11154 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11158 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
11159 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11160 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11164 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
11165 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11169 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
11170 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11174 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
11175 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11181 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11182 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17817 13975))
11183 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11185 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
11186 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11188 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11190 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
11191 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11195 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
11196 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11198 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11202 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11203 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17469 12047))
11204 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11206 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
11207 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11211 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
11212 Display FILE's commentary section.
11213 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11217 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
11218 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11224 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11225 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17817 13975))
11226 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11228 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
11229 Toggle flow control handling.
11230 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11231 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11233 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11235 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
11236 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11237 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11238 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11239 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11240 to get the effect of a C-q.
11242 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11246 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11247 ;;;;;; (17478 25198))
11248 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11250 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
11253 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11255 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
11258 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11262 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11263 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17778 50475))
11264 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11266 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
11267 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11268 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11269 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11271 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11273 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
11274 Turn flymake mode on.
11278 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
11279 Turn flymake mode off.
11285 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11286 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11287 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (17817 14127))
11288 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11290 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
11291 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11294 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11296 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
11297 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11298 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11299 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11300 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11301 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
11304 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11305 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11306 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11307 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11310 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11313 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11314 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11315 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11317 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11319 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11320 in your .emacs file.
11322 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11323 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11325 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11327 (autoload (quote turn-on-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11328 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11332 (autoload (quote turn-off-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11333 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11337 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
11338 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11342 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
11343 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11345 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11347 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
11348 Flyspell whole buffer.
11354 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11355 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11356 ;;;;;; (17778 50473))
11357 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11359 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11360 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11364 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11365 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11369 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
11370 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11372 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11373 of two major techniques:
11375 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11376 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11377 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
11379 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11380 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11381 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11384 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11385 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11386 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11387 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11388 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11391 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11392 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11394 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
11396 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11397 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11398 \(This is the default.)
11400 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
11401 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
11403 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11404 \\{follow-mode-map}
11406 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11408 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
11409 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
11411 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11412 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11413 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11414 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
11415 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11416 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11418 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
11419 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11420 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11422 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11423 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11424 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11426 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11430 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17817
11432 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11434 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
11435 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11436 \\<message-mode-map>
11440 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11441 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11442 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11443 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11444 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11445 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11447 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11451 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11452 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17817 13976))
11453 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11455 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
11456 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11458 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11459 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11460 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11461 C-c < forms-first-record <
11462 C-c > forms-last-record >
11463 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11464 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11465 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11466 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11467 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11468 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11469 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11470 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11471 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11472 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11474 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11476 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
11477 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11481 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
11482 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11488 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
11489 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17817 13977))
11490 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11492 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
11493 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
11494 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
11495 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
11496 with a character in column 6.")
11498 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran" t)
11500 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
11501 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11502 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11504 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11505 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11507 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11510 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11512 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11514 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11515 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11516 `fortran-do-indent'
11517 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11518 `fortran-if-indent'
11519 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11520 `fortran-structure-indent'
11521 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11523 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11524 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11525 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11526 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11527 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11528 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11529 nil don't change the indentation
11530 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11532 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11533 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11534 depending on the continuation format in use.
11535 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11536 indentation for a line of code.
11538 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11539 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11540 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11541 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11542 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11543 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11544 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11545 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11546 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11547 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11549 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11550 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11551 statements (default nil).
11552 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11553 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11554 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11555 `fortran-continuation-string'
11556 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11557 line (default \"$\").
11558 `fortran-comment-region'
11559 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11560 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11561 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11562 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11563 as typed (default t).
11564 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11565 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11567 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11568 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11574 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11575 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17383 38807))
11576 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11578 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
11579 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11581 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11582 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11584 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11586 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
11587 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11589 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11590 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11592 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11594 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
11595 Compile fortune file.
11597 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11598 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11600 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11602 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
11603 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11605 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11606 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11607 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11608 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11610 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11612 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
11613 Display a fortune cookie.
11615 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11616 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11617 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11618 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11620 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11624 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11625 ;;;;;; (17817 16161))
11626 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11628 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
11629 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11630 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11631 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11633 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11634 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11635 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11636 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11638 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11639 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11640 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11641 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11642 some of the buffers.
11644 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11646 The following commands help control operation :
11648 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11649 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11651 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11652 detailed description of this mode.
11655 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11657 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11658 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11662 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11663 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11664 | | (comint-mode) |
11671 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11672 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11673 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11674 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11675 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11676 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11678 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11680 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11681 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-ring'.")
11683 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-ui" t)
11687 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11688 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17817
11690 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11692 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11693 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11694 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11695 instead (which see).")
11697 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
11698 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11700 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11701 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11702 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11703 documentation string instead.
11705 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11706 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11707 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11708 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11709 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11710 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11711 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11712 enders are actually possible.
11714 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11715 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11717 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11718 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11719 `font-lock-keywords'.
11721 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11722 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11723 runs the macro expansion.
11725 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11726 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11727 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11729 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11731 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11733 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
11734 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11736 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11738 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
11739 Enter generic mode MODE.
11741 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11742 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11743 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11745 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11746 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11750 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
11751 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11752 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11753 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11754 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11755 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11756 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11757 `font-lock-keywords'.
11759 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11763 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11764 ;;;;;; (17817 14147))
11765 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11767 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11768 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11769 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11770 at places they belong to.
11772 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11776 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11777 ;;;;;; gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (17778 48450))
11778 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11780 (autoload (quote gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "\
11781 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11783 Guideline for numbers:
11784 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11785 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11788 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11790 (autoload (quote gmm-error) "gmm-utils" "\
11791 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11792 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11794 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11796 (autoload (quote gmm-widget-p) "gmm-utils" "\
11797 Non-nil iff SYMBOL is a widget.
11799 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11801 (autoload (quote gmm-tool-bar-from-list) "gmm-utils" "\
11802 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11804 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11805 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11806 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11807 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11808 and all following elements are passed a the PROPS argument to the
11809 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11811 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11812 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11813 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11814 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11815 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11817 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11819 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11823 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11824 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17778 50473))
11825 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11826 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11827 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11829 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11830 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11832 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11834 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11836 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11837 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11838 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11839 name of an NNTP server to use.
11840 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11843 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11845 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11846 Read news as a slave.
11848 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11850 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11851 Pop up a frame to read news.
11852 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11853 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11854 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11855 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11856 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11857 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11858 current display is used.
11860 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11862 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11864 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11865 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11866 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11868 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11872 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11873 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11874 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11875 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11876 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11877 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17778 50473))
11878 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11880 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11881 Start Gnus unplugged.
11885 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11886 Start Gnus plugged.
11890 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11891 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11893 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11895 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11896 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11898 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11899 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11900 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11902 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11903 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11904 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11908 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
11909 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11913 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11914 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11915 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11916 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11917 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11920 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11922 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11923 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11924 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11925 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11926 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11929 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11931 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
11932 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11936 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
11937 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11938 downloaded into the agent.
11940 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11942 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
11943 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11944 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11945 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11947 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11949 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
11950 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11954 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
11955 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11959 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
11960 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11961 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11963 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11967 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11968 ;;;;;; (17817 16940))
11969 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11971 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
11972 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11978 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11979 ;;;;;; (17817 14137))
11980 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11982 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
11983 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11989 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11990 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11991 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17383
11993 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11995 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
11996 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11999 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12003 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
12004 Generate the cache active file.
12006 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12008 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
12009 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12013 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
12014 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12015 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12016 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12017 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12020 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12022 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
12023 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12024 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12025 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12026 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12029 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12033 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
12034 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17383 38805))
12035 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12037 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
12038 Delay this article by some time.
12039 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12041 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12042 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12044 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12045 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12047 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12048 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12050 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12052 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
12053 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12057 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
12058 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12059 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12060 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12062 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12063 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12065 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12069 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
12070 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (17817 15855))
12071 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12073 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-d) "gnus-diary" "\
12076 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12078 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-D) "gnus-diary" "\
12081 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12085 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
12086 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
12087 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12089 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
12090 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12096 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
12097 ;;;;;; (17713 5989))
12098 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12100 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
12101 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12107 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
12108 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
12109 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17466
12111 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12113 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12114 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12118 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
12119 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12123 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12124 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12128 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12129 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12133 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
12134 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12135 The PNG is returned as a string.
12137 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12139 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12140 Convert FILE to a Face.
12141 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12144 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12148 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12149 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17817 16148))
12150 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12152 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
12153 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12154 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12156 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12158 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
12159 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12161 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12165 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12166 ;;;;;; (17817 14137))
12167 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12169 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
12171 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
12172 Run batched scoring.
12173 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12179 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12180 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12181 ;;;;;; (17549 5046))
12182 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12184 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12189 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
12190 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12191 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12193 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12195 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12196 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12198 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12200 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12204 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12205 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12206 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
12207 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12209 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12210 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
12211 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12212 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12215 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12216 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12217 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
12218 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
12220 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12221 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
12222 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12223 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12224 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
12225 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12226 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12227 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12228 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12229 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12231 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12233 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12234 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12235 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12238 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
12239 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
12241 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12243 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12244 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12245 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12247 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
12251 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12252 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12253 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12255 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12257 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12258 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12259 existing groups are considered.
12261 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12262 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12265 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12266 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12267 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12268 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12269 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12270 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12271 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12272 clauses will be generated.
12274 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12275 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12276 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12277 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12278 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12279 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12281 For example, given the following group parameters:
12284 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12285 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12287 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12288 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12289 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12290 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12292 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12294 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12296 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12298 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12299 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12302 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12306 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12307 ;;;;;; (17817 14137))
12308 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12310 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
12311 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12312 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12314 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12318 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12319 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17383 38805))
12320 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12322 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
12323 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12324 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12325 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12327 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12329 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
12332 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12334 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
12335 Like `message-reply'.
12337 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12339 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
12343 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12344 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (17817 14137))
12345 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12347 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-scan-groups) "gnus-nocem" "\
12348 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12352 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-load-cache) "gnus-nocem" "\
12353 Load the NoCeM cache.
12359 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12360 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12361 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
12362 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12364 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12365 Display picons in the From header.
12366 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12370 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12371 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12372 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12376 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12377 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12378 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12384 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12385 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12386 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12387 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12388 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17383 38805))
12389 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12391 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
12392 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12393 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12394 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12396 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12398 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
12399 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12400 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12403 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12405 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
12406 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12407 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12409 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12411 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12414 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12416 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12417 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12418 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12420 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12422 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12423 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12424 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12426 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12428 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
12430 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
12431 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12432 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12434 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12436 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
12437 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12438 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12440 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12442 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
12443 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12444 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12446 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12448 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
12449 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12451 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12455 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12456 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17713 5990))
12457 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12459 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
12464 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
12465 Install the registry hooks.
12471 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12472 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17469
12474 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12476 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
12477 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12478 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12479 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12480 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12481 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12485 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
12486 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12487 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12488 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12489 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12493 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
12500 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12501 ;;;;;; (17817 14137))
12502 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12504 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
12505 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12506 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12507 for matching on group names.
12509 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12510 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12512 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12514 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12520 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12521 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
12522 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12524 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
12525 Update the format specification near point.
12531 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12532 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17778
12534 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12536 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
12537 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12539 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12541 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
12548 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12549 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
12550 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12552 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
12553 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12555 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12559 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17778 50475))
12560 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12562 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
12563 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12565 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12566 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12567 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12569 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12570 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12571 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12573 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12574 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12576 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12577 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12579 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12581 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12585 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12586 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17591 9445))
12587 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12589 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
12591 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
12592 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12593 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12594 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12595 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12597 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12599 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
12600 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12601 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12603 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12604 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12606 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12607 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12610 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12614 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12615 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12616 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17713 5410))
12617 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12619 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12620 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12622 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep" t)
12624 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12625 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12626 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12627 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12628 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12630 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12631 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12633 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep" t)
12635 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12636 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12637 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12638 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12640 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep" t)
12642 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12643 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12645 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep" t)
12647 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(
\e\\[01;31m\\(?:
\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(
\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
12648 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12650 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12651 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12652 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12654 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12655 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12656 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12658 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12659 Whether \\[grep-find] uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12661 If `exec', it uses `find -exec'; if `gnu', it uses `find -print0' and `xargs -0';
12662 if not nil and not `gnu', it uses `find -print' and `xargs'.
12664 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12666 (defvar grep-history nil)
12668 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12670 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
12671 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12672 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12676 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
12681 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
12682 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12686 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
12687 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12688 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12689 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12690 where grep found matches.
12692 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12693 easily repeat a grep command.
12695 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12696 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12697 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12698 if that history list is empty).
12700 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12702 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
12703 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12704 Collect output in a buffer.
12705 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12706 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12708 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12709 easily repeat a find command.
12711 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12713 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
12715 (autoload (quote lgrep) "grep" "\
12716 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in current directory.
12717 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12718 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12719 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12721 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12722 before it is executed.
12723 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12725 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12726 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12727 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12729 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12731 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES)" t nil)
12733 (autoload (quote rgrep) "grep" "\
12734 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12735 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12736 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12737 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12739 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12740 before it is executed.
12741 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12743 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12744 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12745 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12747 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12749 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12753 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17390 26939))
12754 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12756 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
12757 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12758 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12759 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12760 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12762 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12766 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx
12767 ;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17817 13989))
12768 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12770 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
12771 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12772 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12773 directory and source-file directory for your debugger. By
12774 default this command starts GDB using a graphical interface. See
12775 `gdba' for more information.
12777 To run GDB in text command mode, replace the GDB \"--annotate=3\"
12778 option with \"--fullname\" either in the minibuffer for the
12779 current Emacs session, or the custom variable
12780 `gud-gdb-command-name' for all future sessions. You need to use
12781 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
12784 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12786 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
12787 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12788 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12789 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12791 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12793 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
12794 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12795 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12796 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12798 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12800 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
12801 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12802 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12803 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12805 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12806 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12808 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12810 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
12811 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12812 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12813 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12815 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12817 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
12818 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12819 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12820 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12822 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12824 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
12825 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12826 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12827 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12828 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12830 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12831 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12832 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12833 original source file access method.
12835 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12836 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12838 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12840 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
12841 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12842 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12843 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12845 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12846 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12848 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
12850 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
12851 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12857 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17817
12859 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12861 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12862 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12863 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12864 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12866 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12867 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12868 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12869 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12875 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12876 ;;;;;; (17778 50475))
12877 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12879 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12880 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12882 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12884 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12885 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12886 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12887 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12889 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12893 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12894 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12895 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12896 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12903 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12904 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12905 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12906 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17713 5990))
12907 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12909 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12910 Return the help-echo string at point.
12911 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12912 property, or nil, is returned.
12913 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12914 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12915 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12917 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12919 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12920 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12921 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12922 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12923 this produces no string either, return nil.
12927 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
12928 Display local help in the echo area.
12929 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12930 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12931 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12934 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12935 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12936 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12938 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12940 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12941 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12942 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12946 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12947 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12948 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12952 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
12953 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12954 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12955 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12956 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12957 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12958 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12959 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12960 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12961 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12962 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12964 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12965 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12966 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12967 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12968 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12970 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12971 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12972 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12973 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12974 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12975 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12976 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12977 The default is `never'.")
12979 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt" nil)
12981 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12982 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12983 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12984 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12985 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12986 considered different regions.
12988 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12989 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12990 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12991 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12992 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12993 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12994 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12995 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12996 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12998 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13000 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13001 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13002 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13003 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13006 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13007 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13008 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13009 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13010 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13011 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13012 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13013 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13015 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13016 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13017 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13018 rarely happens in practice.
13020 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13022 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13023 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13024 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13025 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13026 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13027 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
13029 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13033 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
13034 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
13035 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
13036 ;;;;;; (17817 15855))
13037 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13039 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
13040 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13042 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13044 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13045 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13046 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13048 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13050 (autoload (quote describe-simplify-lib-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13051 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
13053 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13055 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
13058 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13060 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
13061 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13062 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13063 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13065 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13067 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
13068 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13069 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13070 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13071 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13072 it is displayed along with the global value.
13074 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13076 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
13077 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13078 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13079 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13081 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13083 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
13084 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13085 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13086 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13087 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13089 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13093 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13094 ;;;;;; (17817 13976))
13095 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13097 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13098 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13099 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
13100 and window listing and describing the options.
13101 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
13102 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
13104 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro" t)
13108 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13109 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
13110 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17611 9183))
13111 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13113 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
13114 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13115 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13121 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
13126 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
13131 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
13132 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13134 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13135 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13136 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13137 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13139 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13140 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13141 restore it properly when going back.
13143 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13145 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
13146 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13148 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13149 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13150 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13151 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13152 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13153 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13154 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13155 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13157 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13158 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13159 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13160 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13162 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13163 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13166 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13168 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13169 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13170 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13171 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13172 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13173 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13175 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13177 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13178 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13179 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13180 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13181 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13183 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13185 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
13186 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13188 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13192 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13193 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17817 13982))
13194 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13196 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
13197 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13201 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
13202 Provide help for current mode.
13208 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13209 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17778 50473))
13210 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13212 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
13213 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13214 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13215 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13216 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13218 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13219 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13221 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13222 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13223 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13224 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13226 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13227 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13230 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13235 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13236 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13237 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13238 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13239 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13240 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13241 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13242 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13243 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13244 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13245 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13246 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13247 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13248 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13249 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13251 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13252 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13253 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13255 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13258 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13260 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13261 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13262 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13264 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13265 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13266 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13268 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13269 into the buffer at the current point.
13271 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13272 into the buffer at the current point.
13274 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13275 into the buffer at the current point.
13277 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13279 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13280 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13282 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13284 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13286 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13288 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
13289 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13290 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13291 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13293 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13295 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
13296 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13297 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13303 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13304 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13305 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13306 ;;;;;; (17390 26939))
13307 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13309 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13310 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13312 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13313 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13314 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13315 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13316 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13317 called interactively, are:
13319 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13320 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13322 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13323 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13324 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13325 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13327 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13328 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13330 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13331 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13333 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13334 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
13335 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13336 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13337 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13338 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
13340 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13341 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13343 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
13344 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
13346 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13347 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13348 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13349 Patterns will be read until
13351 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13353 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13355 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13356 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13357 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13358 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13359 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13360 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13362 (custom-autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" nil)
13364 (autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13365 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every buffer.
13366 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13367 Hi-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
13368 in which `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' turns it on.
13370 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13372 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
13374 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13375 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13377 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13378 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13379 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13380 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13382 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13384 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
13386 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13387 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13389 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13390 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13391 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13392 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13394 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13396 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
13398 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13399 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13401 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13402 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13404 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13406 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
13408 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13409 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13411 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13412 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13413 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13414 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13415 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13417 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13419 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
13420 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13422 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13423 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13424 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13430 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13431 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17524 8597))
13432 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13434 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
13435 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13436 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13437 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13438 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13439 how the hiding is done:
13442 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13443 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13446 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13447 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13448 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13449 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13450 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13453 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13454 #endif lines when hiding.
13456 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13457 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13460 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13461 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13462 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13464 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13466 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13468 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13469 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13471 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif")
13473 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13474 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13476 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif")
13478 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13479 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13481 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif")
13485 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13486 ;;;;;; (17778 50476))
13487 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13489 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
13490 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13491 Each element has the form
13492 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13494 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13495 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13497 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13498 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13500 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13501 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13502 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13503 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13504 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13505 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13507 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13508 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13510 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13511 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13513 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13514 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13515 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13517 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
13518 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13519 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13520 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13521 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13522 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13524 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13525 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13526 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13528 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13529 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13531 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13534 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13536 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13540 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13541 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13542 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13543 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13544 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17817 13976))
13545 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13547 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
13548 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13549 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13551 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13553 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
13554 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13556 Without an argument:
13557 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13558 or passive state as determined by the variable
13559 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13562 With an argument ARG:
13563 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13564 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13565 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13567 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13568 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13569 not displayed in a different face.
13572 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13573 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13574 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13575 buffer with the contents of a file
13576 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13577 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13581 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13582 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13583 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13585 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13587 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13588 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13592 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13593 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13597 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
13598 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13600 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13601 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13602 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13603 shown in the last face in the list.
13605 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13606 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13607 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13609 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13613 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
13614 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13616 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13618 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13621 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13622 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13624 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13625 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13626 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13628 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13630 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
13631 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13633 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13634 this function is called interactively.
13636 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13637 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13638 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13640 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13641 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13642 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13644 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13646 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
13647 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13649 When called interactively:
13650 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13651 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13652 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13653 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13655 When called from a program:
13656 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13657 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13658 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13659 - otherwise just turn it on
13661 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13662 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13663 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13664 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13666 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13670 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13671 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13672 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13673 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13674 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17817 13976))
13675 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13677 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
13678 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13679 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13680 or insert functions in this list.")
13682 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp" t)
13684 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13685 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13687 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp" t)
13689 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13690 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13692 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp" t)
13694 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13695 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13697 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp" t)
13699 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13700 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13702 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp" t)
13704 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13705 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13706 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13708 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13710 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
13711 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13712 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13715 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13717 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13718 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13719 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13720 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13721 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13723 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13725 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
13726 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13727 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13728 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13729 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13731 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13732 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13733 undoes the expansion.
13737 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
13738 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13739 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13740 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13742 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13746 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13747 ;;;;;; (17713 5990))
13748 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13750 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13751 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13752 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13754 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13755 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13756 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13757 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13758 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13760 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13761 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13762 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13763 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13765 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13767 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13768 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13769 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13770 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13771 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13772 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13774 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" nil)
13776 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13777 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13778 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13780 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13781 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13787 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13788 ;;;;;; (17427 42815))
13789 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13791 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
13792 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13793 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13795 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13797 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13799 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
13800 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13802 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13803 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13804 different list. For example,
13806 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13807 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13809 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13810 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13812 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13813 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13814 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13815 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13818 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13820 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13824 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
13825 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (17817 14122))
13826 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
13828 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
13829 This function is obsolete.
13830 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13831 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13835 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
13836 This function is obsolete.
13837 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13838 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13840 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13842 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
13843 This function is obsolete.
13844 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13845 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13851 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17778
13853 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13855 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
13856 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13862 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13863 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13864 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13865 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13866 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13867 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13868 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13869 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13870 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13871 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13872 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13873 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13874 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13875 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13876 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13877 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13878 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13879 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13880 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13881 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13882 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13883 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13884 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17713 5990))
13885 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13887 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13888 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13889 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13891 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13893 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13894 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13896 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13898 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13899 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13901 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13903 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13904 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13906 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13908 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13909 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13913 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13914 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13916 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13918 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13919 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13921 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13922 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13923 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13924 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13925 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13926 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13927 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13928 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13929 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13930 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13931 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13932 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13934 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
13937 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13939 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13940 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13944 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13945 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13949 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13950 Remove the first filter group.
13954 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13955 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13957 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13959 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13960 Remove all filter groups.
13964 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13965 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13969 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13970 Kill the filter group named NAME.
13971 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13975 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
13976 Kill the filter group at point.
13977 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
13979 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
13981 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
13982 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
13986 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13987 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
13991 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13992 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
13993 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
13994 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13996 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
13998 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13999 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
14000 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
14004 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14005 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
14006 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
14007 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
14008 of replacing the current filters.
14012 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
14013 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
14017 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14018 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
14022 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14023 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
14025 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
14026 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
14027 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
14031 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14032 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
14036 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14037 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
14041 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14042 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
14043 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
14046 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
14048 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14049 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14050 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14052 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
14054 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14055 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14059 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14060 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
14064 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14065 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14066 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
14067 of replacing the current filters.
14070 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14071 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14072 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14073 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14074 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
14075 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
14076 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14077 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14079 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14080 Toggle the current sorting mode.
14081 Default sorting modes are:
14082 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14083 Name - the name of the buffer
14084 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14085 Size - the size of the buffer
14089 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
14090 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14093 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14094 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14095 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14096 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14098 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14099 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14103 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
14104 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14105 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14106 for this Ibuffer session.
14108 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14110 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14111 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14112 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14113 for this Ibuffer session.
14115 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14117 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14118 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14120 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14121 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14123 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14124 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14126 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14128 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14129 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14131 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14132 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14134 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14136 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
14137 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14141 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
14142 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14144 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14145 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14146 hidden group filter, open it.
14148 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14149 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14150 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14154 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
14155 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14156 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14160 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
14161 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14163 The names are separated by a space.
14164 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14166 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14167 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14168 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14169 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14171 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14173 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14175 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14176 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14178 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14180 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14181 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14183 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14185 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14186 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14188 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14190 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14191 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14195 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14196 Mark all modified buffers.
14200 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14201 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14205 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14206 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14210 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14211 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14215 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14216 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14220 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14221 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
14225 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14226 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14230 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14231 Mark all read-only buffers.
14235 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14236 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14240 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
14241 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14242 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14245 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14249 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14250 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17466
14252 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14254 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
14255 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14257 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14258 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14259 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14261 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14262 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14263 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14264 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14265 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14266 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14268 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14269 title of the column.
14271 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14272 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14273 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14274 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14275 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14277 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14279 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14280 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14281 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14282 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14283 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14285 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14286 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14287 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14289 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14291 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
14292 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14293 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14294 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14295 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14296 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14298 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14299 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14300 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14301 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14302 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14303 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14304 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14305 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14307 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14308 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14309 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14310 buffer's modification flag.
14311 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14312 prompted before performing this operation.
14313 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14314 operation is complete, in the form:
14315 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14316 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14317 confirmation message, in the form:
14318 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14319 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14320 macro for exactly what it does.
14322 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14324 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14325 Define a filter named NAME.
14326 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14327 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14328 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14330 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14331 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14332 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14333 bound to the current value of the filter.
14335 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14339 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14340 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17713 5990))
14341 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14343 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
14344 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14345 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14346 buffers which are visiting a file.
14348 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14350 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
14351 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14352 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14353 buffers which are visiting a file.
14355 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14357 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
14358 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14359 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14361 All arguments are optional.
14362 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14363 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14364 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14365 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14366 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14367 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14368 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14369 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14370 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14371 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14372 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14373 that value locally in this buffer.
14375 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14379 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14380 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14381 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17817 15855))
14382 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14384 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
14385 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14386 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14387 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14389 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14391 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
14392 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14393 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14394 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14396 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14397 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14398 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14400 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14402 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
14403 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14404 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14405 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14406 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14407 non-marking or not.
14409 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14411 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
14412 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14414 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14415 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14418 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14419 when DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14420 DO-NOT-ASK is set to t, so that you are asked fore each event.
14422 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14425 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14426 means that an error has occured. Error messages will be in the
14427 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14429 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14433 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17778
14435 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14437 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14438 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14439 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14440 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14441 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14442 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14444 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" nil)
14446 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
14447 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14448 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
14450 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14454 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17390 27408))
14455 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14457 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
14458 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14459 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14460 Tab indents for Icon code.
14461 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14462 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14464 Variables controlling indentation style:
14465 icon-tab-always-indent
14466 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14467 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14469 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14470 inserted in Icon code.
14472 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14473 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14474 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14475 icon-continued-statement-offset
14476 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14477 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14478 icon-continued-brace-offset
14479 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14480 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14482 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14483 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14484 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14485 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14487 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14488 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14494 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14495 ;;;;;; (17778 50476))
14496 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14498 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
14499 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14500 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14501 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14503 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14504 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14507 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14508 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14510 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14511 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14512 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14514 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14516 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14520 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14521 ;;;;;; (17817 14147))
14522 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14524 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
14525 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14527 The main features of this mode are
14529 1. Indentation and Formatting
14530 --------------------------
14531 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14532 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14534 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14535 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14536 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14537 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14539 Comments are indented as follows:
14541 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14542 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14543 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14545 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14547 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14548 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14549 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14550 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14551 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14552 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14554 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14555 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14556 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14557 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14561 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14562 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14563 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14564 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14565 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14566 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14567 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14568 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14569 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14570 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14575 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14576 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14577 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14578 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14582 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14583 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14584 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14585 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14586 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14589 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14590 --------------------------------
14591 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14592 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14594 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14595 \\fu FUNCTION template
14596 \\c CASE statement template
14597 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14598 \\f FOR loop template
14599 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14600 \\w WHILE loop template
14601 \\i IF statement template
14602 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14605 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14606 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14608 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14609 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14610 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14611 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14613 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14614 -------------------------
14615 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14616 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14618 7. Automatic END completion
14619 ------------------------
14620 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14621 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14625 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14626 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14628 9. Documentation and Customization
14629 -------------------------------
14630 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14631 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14632 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14633 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14634 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14638 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14639 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14640 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14642 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14645 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14649 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14650 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14651 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14652 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14653 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14654 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14655 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14656 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17817
14658 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14660 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14661 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14662 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14663 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14665 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14666 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14667 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14669 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14670 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14672 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" nil)
14674 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
14675 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14676 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14677 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14678 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14679 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14680 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14681 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14682 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14684 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14686 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
14687 Switch to another buffer.
14688 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14689 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14692 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14693 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14694 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14695 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14696 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14698 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14699 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14701 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14702 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14704 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14705 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14706 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14707 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14708 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14709 in a separate window.
14710 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14711 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14712 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14713 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14714 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14715 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14716 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14717 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14718 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14722 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
14723 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14724 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14725 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14729 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
14730 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14731 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14732 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14736 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
14738 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14739 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14743 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
14744 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14745 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14746 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14750 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
14751 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14752 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14753 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14757 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
14758 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14762 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
14763 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14764 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14765 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14766 visible in another frame.
14768 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14769 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14770 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14771 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14772 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14773 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14775 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14776 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14778 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14779 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14781 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14782 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14783 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14784 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14785 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14786 in a separate window.
14787 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14788 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14789 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14790 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14791 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14792 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14793 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14794 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14795 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14796 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14797 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14798 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14799 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14800 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14801 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14805 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
14806 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14807 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14808 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14812 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
14813 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14814 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14815 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14819 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
14820 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14821 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14822 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14826 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
14827 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14828 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14829 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14833 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
14834 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14835 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14836 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14840 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
14841 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14842 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14843 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14847 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
14848 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14849 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14850 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14854 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
14855 Write current buffer to a file.
14856 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14857 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14861 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
14862 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14863 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14864 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14868 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
14869 Call `dired' the ido way.
14870 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14871 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14875 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
14876 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14877 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14878 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14879 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14880 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14882 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14884 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14885 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14886 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14887 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14889 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14891 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14892 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14893 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14894 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14896 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14898 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14899 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14900 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14901 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14902 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14903 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14904 with `completing-read'.
14905 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14906 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14907 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14908 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14909 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14910 with point positioned at the end.
14911 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14912 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14914 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14918 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17817 13976))
14919 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14920 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14922 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
14923 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14924 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14930 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14931 ;;;;;; (17778 50473))
14932 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14934 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14935 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14939 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14940 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14942 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14946 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14947 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
14948 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
14949 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
14950 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (17817 16882))
14951 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14953 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
14954 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14955 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14958 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14960 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
14961 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14962 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14967 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
14968 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14969 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14972 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14974 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
14975 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14976 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14979 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14981 (autoload (quote image-type) "image" "\
14982 Determine and return image type.
14983 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14984 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14985 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14986 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14987 use its file extension as image type.
14988 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14990 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14992 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
14993 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14994 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14996 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14998 (autoload (quote image-type-auto-detected-p) "image" "\
14999 Return t iff the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15000 Whether image types are auto-detectable or not depends on the setting
15001 of the variable `image-type-auto-detectable'.
15003 This function is intended to be used from `magic-mode-alist' (which see).
15007 (autoload (quote image-type-auto-detected-p) "image" "\
15008 Return t iff the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15009 Whether image types are auto-detectable or not depends on the setting
15010 of the variable `image-type-auto-detectable'.
15012 This function is intended to be used from `magic-mode-alist' (which see).
15016 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
15018 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15019 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15020 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15021 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15022 use its file extension as image type.
15023 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15024 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15025 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15026 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15028 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15030 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15032 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
15033 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15034 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15035 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15036 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15037 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15038 POS may be an integer or marker.
15039 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15040 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15041 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15042 means display it in the right marginal area.
15044 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15046 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
15047 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15048 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15049 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15050 defaulted if you omit it.
15051 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15052 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15053 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15054 means display it in the right marginal area.
15055 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15056 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15057 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15058 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15059 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15061 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15063 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
15064 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15065 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15066 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15067 defaulted if you omit it.
15068 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15069 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15070 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15071 means display it in the right marginal area.
15072 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
15074 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15076 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
15077 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15078 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15079 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15081 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15083 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
15084 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15086 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15088 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15089 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15090 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15091 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15092 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15093 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15094 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15095 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15098 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15100 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15102 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15104 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
15105 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15107 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15108 documentation string.
15110 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15111 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15112 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15113 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15114 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15115 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15116 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15121 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15122 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15124 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15128 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15129 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15130 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17390 26940))
15131 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15133 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
15134 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15135 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15136 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15138 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15139 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15140 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15141 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15143 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file" nil)
15145 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15146 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15147 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15148 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15150 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15151 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15152 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15153 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15155 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file" nil)
15157 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
15158 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15162 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
15163 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15164 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15165 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15167 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15169 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15170 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15171 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15172 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15173 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15174 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15176 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" nil)
15178 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
15179 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15180 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15181 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15183 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15184 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15185 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15187 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15191 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
15192 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17713 5990))
15193 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15194 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15195 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15196 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15197 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15198 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15199 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15201 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
15202 Major mode for image files.
15203 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15204 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15208 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
15209 Toggle Image minor mode.
15210 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15211 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15213 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15215 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
15216 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15217 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15218 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15219 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15220 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15222 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15223 information on these modes.
15229 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15230 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17817 13976))
15231 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15233 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15234 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15236 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15238 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15239 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15242 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15244 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15245 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15246 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15248 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu" t)
15250 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15251 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15253 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15254 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15255 pattern's structure.
15257 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15258 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15259 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15262 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
15264 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
15265 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15267 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15268 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15269 called within a `save-excursion'.
15271 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15273 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
15275 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
15276 Function for finding the next index position.
15278 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15279 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15280 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15283 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15284 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15286 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
15288 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15289 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15291 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15292 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15293 It should return the name for that index item.")
15295 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
15297 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15298 Function to compare string with index item.
15300 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15301 non-nil if they match.
15303 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15304 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15305 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15306 arguments match\".")
15308 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
15310 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
15311 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15312 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15314 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
15316 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
15318 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
15320 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
15321 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15322 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15323 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15327 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
15328 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15330 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15334 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
15335 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15336 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15337 for more information.
15339 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15343 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15344 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15345 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17817 14144))
15346 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15348 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
15349 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15351 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15353 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
15356 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15358 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15361 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15363 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15366 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15368 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
15369 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
15370 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
15371 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
15372 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
15374 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
15376 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
15377 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
15378 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
15379 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
15380 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
15382 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15386 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15387 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15388 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17549 4607))
15389 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15391 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15392 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15393 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15394 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15395 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15397 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp" t)
15399 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15400 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15402 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp" t)
15404 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15405 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15406 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15407 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15408 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15409 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15410 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15411 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15413 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp" t)
15415 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15416 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15417 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15418 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15419 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15421 This variable is only used if the variable
15422 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15424 More precise choices:
15425 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15426 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15429 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15431 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp" t)
15433 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
15434 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15436 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
15437 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15438 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15440 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15441 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15442 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15443 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15446 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15448 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
15452 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15453 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15454 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15455 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (17817 16152))
15456 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15458 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
15459 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15461 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15462 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15463 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15465 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
15466 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15467 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15468 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15469 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15470 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15471 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15472 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15473 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15474 with the top-level Info directory.
15476 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15477 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15478 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15479 appended to the Info buffer name.
15481 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15482 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15483 in all the directories in that path.
15485 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15487 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
15488 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15492 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
15493 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15494 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15495 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15499 (autoload (quote Info-on-current-buffer) "info" "\
15500 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15501 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15502 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15504 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15506 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
15507 Go to the Info directory node.
15511 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
15512 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15513 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15514 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15515 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15516 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15518 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15520 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
15521 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15522 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15524 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15526 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
15527 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15528 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15529 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15530 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15532 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15533 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15535 Selecting other nodes:
15536 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15537 Follow a node reference you click on.
15538 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15539 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15540 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15541 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15542 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15543 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15544 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15545 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15546 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15547 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15548 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15549 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15550 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15551 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15552 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15553 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15554 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15555 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15556 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15557 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15559 Moving within a node:
15560 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15561 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15562 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15563 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15564 move up to the parent node.
15565 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15566 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15568 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15571 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15572 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15573 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15574 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15575 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15576 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15577 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15578 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15579 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15580 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15581 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15582 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15583 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15584 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15585 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15586 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15589 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15591 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
15592 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15593 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15594 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15595 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15596 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15598 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15599 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15601 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
15602 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15604 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15605 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15606 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15607 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15611 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
15612 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15613 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15619 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15620 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15621 ;;;;;; (17778 50473))
15622 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15624 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
15625 Throw away all cached data.
15626 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15627 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15631 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15633 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
15634 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15635 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15636 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15637 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15638 one found at point.
15640 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15642 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15643 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15645 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
15646 Display the documentation of a file.
15647 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15648 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15649 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15650 The default file name is the one found at point.
15652 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15654 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15656 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
15657 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15659 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15661 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
15662 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15664 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15668 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15669 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17524 8597))
15670 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15672 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
15673 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15675 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15677 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
15678 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15679 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15683 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
15684 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15685 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15687 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15688 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15695 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15696 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17817 13976))
15697 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15699 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
15700 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15702 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15704 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
15705 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15706 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15708 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15709 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15710 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15712 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15713 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15714 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15715 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15719 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
15720 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15721 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15725 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
15726 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15727 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15728 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15729 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15735 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15736 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15737 ;;;;;; (17817 15477))
15738 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15740 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15741 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15745 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15746 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15750 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
15753 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15757 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17817
15759 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15761 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
15762 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15763 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15764 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15765 accessed via isearchb.
15771 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "obsolete/iso-acc.el"
15772 ;;;;;; (17383 38806))
15773 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/iso-acc.el
15775 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
15776 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
15777 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
15778 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
15779 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
15780 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
15782 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
15783 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
15785 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
15786 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
15787 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
15788 \"s gives German sharp s.
15789 /a gives a with ring.
15790 /e gives an a-e ligature.
15791 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
15792 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
15793 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
15795 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
15796 and a negative argument disables it.
15798 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15802 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15803 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15804 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15805 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17817 14140))
15806 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15808 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
15809 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15810 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15811 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15813 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15815 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
15816 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15817 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15818 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15820 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15822 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
15823 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15824 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15825 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15827 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15829 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15830 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15831 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15832 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15834 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15836 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15837 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15838 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15839 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15841 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15843 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
15844 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15845 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15846 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15848 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15850 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
15851 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15852 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15853 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15855 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15857 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
15858 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15859 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15860 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15862 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15864 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15865 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15866 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15867 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15869 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15871 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15872 Warn that format is read-only.
15876 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15877 Warn that format is write-only.
15881 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
15882 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15889 ;;;;;; (17817 14140))
15890 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15891 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15892 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15893 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15897 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15898 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15899 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15900 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
15901 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
15902 ;;;;;; (17778 50479))
15903 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15904 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15906 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15907 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15908 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
15909 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
15911 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" t)
15912 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15914 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
15915 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
15916 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15918 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
15919 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
15922 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell" t)
15924 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15926 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
15928 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^-]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
15930 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
15932 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[.]" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15934 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
15936 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
15937 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
15939 Each element of this list is also a list:
15941 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
15942 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
15944 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
15945 nil means the default dictionary.
15947 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
15950 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
15952 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
15953 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
15954 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
15955 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
15956 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
15957 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
15958 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
15959 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
15960 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
15962 CASECHAS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be a unibyte string
15963 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
15964 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
15965 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
15966 for non-ASCII bytes.
15968 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
15969 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
15972 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
15975 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
15976 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
15977 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
15978 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
15979 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
15980 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
15981 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
15982 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
15984 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
15986 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
15987 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
15988 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
15990 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15991 Key map for ispell menu.")
15993 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15994 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15995 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15996 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15998 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
16000 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16002 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16004 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode (quote mail-mode)) :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
16006 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16007 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16008 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16009 Valid forms include:
16010 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16011 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16012 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16013 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16015 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16016 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16017 First list is used raw.
16018 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16020 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16021 for skipping in latex mode.")
16023 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
16024 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16025 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
16026 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16027 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16028 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16030 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
16031 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16032 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16033 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16035 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16036 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16037 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16038 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16039 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16041 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16042 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16044 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16045 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16047 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16048 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16051 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16052 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16053 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16054 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16055 quit spell session exited.
16057 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
16059 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
16060 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16061 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16063 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16065 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
16066 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16070 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16071 SPC: Accept word this time.
16072 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16073 `a': Accept word for this session.
16074 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16075 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16076 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16077 `?': Show these commands.
16078 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16079 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16080 the aborted check to be completed later.
16081 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16082 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16083 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16084 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16085 `C-l': redraws screen
16086 `C-r': recursive edit
16087 `C-z': suspend Emacs or iconify frame
16091 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
16092 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16093 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16095 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16097 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
16098 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16099 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16100 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16102 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16104 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16106 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
16107 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16108 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16109 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16111 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16113 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
16114 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16118 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
16119 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16123 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
16124 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16128 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
16129 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16130 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16131 sequence inside of a word.
16133 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16135 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16137 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
16138 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16142 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
16143 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16144 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16145 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16147 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16148 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16149 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16150 available on the net.
16154 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
16155 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16156 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
16158 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16159 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16161 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16162 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16164 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16166 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
16167 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16168 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16169 Don't check included messages.
16171 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16172 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16173 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16175 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16176 in your .emacs file:
16177 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16178 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16179 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16180 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16182 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16183 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16184 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16190 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17441
16192 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16194 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16195 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16196 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16197 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16198 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16200 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb")
16202 (put (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
16204 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
16205 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16206 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
16207 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16208 `iswitchb' for details.
16210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16214 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16215 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16216 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16217 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17817 15478))
16218 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16220 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
16225 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
16226 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16227 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16228 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16229 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16230 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16231 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16232 necessary to represent OBJ.
16234 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16236 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
16237 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16238 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16239 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16241 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16243 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
16244 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16245 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16246 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16247 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16249 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16251 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
16252 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16253 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16254 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16256 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16258 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
16259 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16260 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16261 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16263 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16265 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
16266 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16268 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16270 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16271 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16272 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16273 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16274 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16276 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16278 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16279 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16280 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16281 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16282 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16284 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16286 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
16287 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16288 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16290 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16294 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16295 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17817 13976))
16296 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16298 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16299 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16300 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16301 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16303 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
16306 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16308 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
16309 Uninstall jka-compr.
16310 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16311 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16312 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16318 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16319 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16320 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
16321 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16323 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16324 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16325 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16326 decimal key must be specified.")
16328 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" nil)
16330 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16331 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16332 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16333 decimal key must be specified.")
16335 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad" nil)
16337 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16338 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16339 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16340 decimal key must be specified.")
16342 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16344 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16345 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16346 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16347 decimal key must be specified.")
16349 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16351 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
16352 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16353 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16354 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16355 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16359 -------------------------------------------------------------
16360 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16361 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16362 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16363 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16364 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16365 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16366 in the global and local keymaps.
16368 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16369 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16371 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16375 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16376 ;;;;;; (17817 15477))
16377 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16379 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
16380 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16381 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16383 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16384 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16385 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16386 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16389 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16390 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16391 the context of text formatting.
16393 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16397 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17817
16399 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16401 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16402 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16403 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16404 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16405 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16406 positions that contains the current selection.")
16408 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
16409 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16410 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16411 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16412 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16413 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16414 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16416 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16420 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16421 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16422 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16423 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17778 50473))
16424 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16425 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16426 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16427 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16428 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16429 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16430 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16431 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16433 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
16434 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16435 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16436 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16437 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16439 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16441 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16442 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16443 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16445 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16446 defining the macro.
16448 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16449 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16450 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16452 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16453 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16457 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
16458 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16459 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16460 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16461 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16464 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16465 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16466 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16470 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16471 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16472 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16474 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16475 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16476 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16477 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16479 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16480 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16482 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16484 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
16485 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16486 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16488 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16491 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16492 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16494 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16495 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16496 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16498 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16499 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16503 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16504 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16505 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16506 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16508 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16510 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16511 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16512 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16513 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16515 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16516 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16518 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16520 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
16521 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16522 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16524 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16528 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
16529 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
16530 ;;;;;; (17817 14145))
16531 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16533 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
16535 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
16538 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16540 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
16543 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16545 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
16548 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16552 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16553 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17817 15478))
16554 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16556 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16557 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16558 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16560 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
16567 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16568 ;;;;;; (17817 14125))
16569 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16571 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
16573 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
16574 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16578 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
16580 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
16581 Start or resume an Lm game.
16582 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16583 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16585 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16586 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16587 none / 1 | yes | no
16592 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16593 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16594 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16600 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
16601 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
16602 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17817
16604 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16606 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
16609 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16611 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
16612 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16613 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16614 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16615 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16616 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16618 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16619 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16621 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16623 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
16624 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16626 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16628 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
16631 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16633 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
16634 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
16635 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16636 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16639 The return value is number of composed characters.
16641 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16643 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
16646 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16650 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16651 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16652 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17713 5990))
16653 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16655 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16656 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16657 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16658 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16660 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc" t)
16662 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16663 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16664 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16666 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16668 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
16669 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16670 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16674 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16675 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16676 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16677 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16679 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16683 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16684 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17817 14141))
16685 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16687 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16688 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16689 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16690 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16691 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16692 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16693 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16694 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16696 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16697 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16699 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16700 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16702 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" nil)
16704 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
16705 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16706 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16707 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16708 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16709 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16710 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16711 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16713 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16715 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16716 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16717 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16718 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16720 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16721 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16723 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp" nil)
16727 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
16728 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lazy-lock.el" (17383 38807))
16729 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/lazy-lock.el
16731 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
16732 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
16733 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
16734 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
16736 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
16738 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
16739 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
16742 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
16744 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
16745 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
16746 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
16747 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
16748 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
16751 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
16752 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
16753 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
16754 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
16755 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
16757 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
16758 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
16759 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
16760 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
16761 slow to keep up with your typing.
16763 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
16764 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
16765 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
16766 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
16767 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
16768 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
16770 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
16771 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
16772 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
16773 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
16775 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behavior fontifies modified
16776 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
16777 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
16778 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
16780 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
16781 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
16782 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
16783 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
16784 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
16786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16788 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
16789 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
16795 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16796 ;;;;;; (17817 14147))
16797 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16799 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
16801 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
16803 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
16804 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16810 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16811 ;;;;;; (17817 13976))
16812 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16814 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16815 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16817 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16818 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16820 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16821 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16823 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
16824 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16825 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16826 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16827 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16828 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16829 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16830 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16831 and transmit saved text.
16834 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16835 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16839 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
16846 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17713 5990))
16847 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16849 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
16850 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16851 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16852 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16853 generations (this defaults to 1).
16855 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16859 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17817
16861 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16863 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
16864 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
16865 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16866 is nil, raise an error.
16868 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
16869 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
16870 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
16871 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
16872 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
16873 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
16874 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
16875 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
16876 such as redefining an Emacs function.
16878 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16882 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16883 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17778 50475))
16884 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16886 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16887 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16888 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16890 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate" t)
16892 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
16893 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16894 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16895 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16897 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16898 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16899 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16900 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16901 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16902 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16905 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16906 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16908 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16909 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16911 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
16913 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
16914 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16915 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16916 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16917 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16918 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16919 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16920 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16921 to constrain a big search.
16923 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16924 except that FILTER is not optional.
16926 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
16930 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (17817 13976))
16931 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16933 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
16934 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16935 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16936 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16937 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
16938 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16939 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16940 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16941 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
16942 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
16943 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16944 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16945 uses the current buffer.
16947 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16951 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17496
16953 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16955 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
16956 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16962 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17778
16964 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16966 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
16967 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16968 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16969 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16970 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16972 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16973 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16974 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16976 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16977 are indicated with a symbol.
16979 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16983 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16984 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17713
16986 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16988 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
16990 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
16992 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
16993 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16994 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16996 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16997 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16999 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17000 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17001 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17002 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17003 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17004 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17005 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17007 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr" t)
17009 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17010 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17011 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17012 switch on this list.
17013 See `lpr-command'.")
17015 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr" t)
17017 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
17018 *Name of program for printing a file.
17020 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17021 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17022 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17023 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17024 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17025 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17028 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr" t)
17030 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
17031 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17032 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17033 for customization of the printer command.
17037 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
17038 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17040 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17041 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17042 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17043 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17045 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17046 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17048 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17049 for further customization of the printer command.
17053 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
17054 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17055 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17056 for customization of the printer command.
17058 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17060 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
17061 Paginate and print the region contents.
17063 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17064 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17065 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17066 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17068 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17069 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17071 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17072 for further customization of the printer command.
17074 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17078 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17079 ;;;;;; (17817 13976))
17080 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17082 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17083 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17084 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17086 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" t)
17090 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17390
17092 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17094 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
17095 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17096 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
17098 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17100 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17104 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17390
17106 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17108 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
17109 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17116 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17117 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
17118 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17120 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
17121 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17122 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17123 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17124 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17126 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17130 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17131 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17817 13976))
17132 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17134 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17135 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17136 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17137 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17138 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17140 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17142 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17143 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17144 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17145 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17147 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17148 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17149 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17150 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17153 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17154 use this command, and then save the file.
17156 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17158 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
17159 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17160 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17161 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17162 each time the macro executes.
17163 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17164 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17165 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17166 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17167 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17168 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17169 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17173 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
17174 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17175 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17176 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17178 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17179 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17180 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17183 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17184 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17186 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17187 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17188 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17189 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17190 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17192 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17195 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17196 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17197 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17199 You could enter the names in this format:
17205 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17208 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17211 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17212 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17214 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17215 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17219 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17220 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17390 26942))
17221 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17223 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
17224 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17225 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17226 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17227 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17228 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17230 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17231 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17232 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17233 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17234 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17236 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17237 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17238 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17241 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17243 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
17244 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17246 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17250 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17251 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17252 ;;;;;; (17817 14119))
17253 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17255 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
17256 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17260 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
17265 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17266 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17268 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist" t)
17270 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
17271 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17272 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17275 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17281 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17282 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17283 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17390
17285 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17287 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17288 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17289 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17290 often correct parser.")
17292 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" t)
17294 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
17297 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17299 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17300 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17301 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17302 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17304 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17306 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17307 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17308 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17309 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17311 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17313 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
17314 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17315 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17316 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17317 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17318 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17319 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17322 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17324 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
17325 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17326 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17327 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17328 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17329 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17331 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17335 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
17336 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17817 14119))
17337 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17339 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
17340 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17344 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
17345 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17346 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17348 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17350 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
17351 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17352 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17354 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17358 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17359 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17817
17361 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17363 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
17364 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17365 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17367 If `parens', they look like:
17368 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17369 If `angles', they look like:
17370 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17372 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias" t)
17374 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
17375 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17376 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17377 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17378 their `Resent-' variants.
17380 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17381 removed from alias expansions.
17383 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17385 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
17386 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17387 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17389 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17390 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17391 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17392 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17394 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17396 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
17397 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17398 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17399 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17405 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17406 ;;;;;; (17390 26942))
17407 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17409 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
17410 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17411 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17412 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17418 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17419 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17420 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (17713 5991))
17421 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17423 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
17424 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17426 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17427 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17428 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17429 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17430 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17431 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17433 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17434 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17435 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17436 dependency, despite the colon.
17438 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17440 In the browser, use the following keys:
17442 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17444 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17446 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17447 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17449 `makefile-target-colon':
17450 The string that gets appended to all target names
17451 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17452 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17454 `makefile-macro-assign':
17455 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17456 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17457 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17458 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17459 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17460 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17462 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17463 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17464 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17466 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17467 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17469 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17470 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17471 up or down in the browser.
17473 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17474 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17476 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17477 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17479 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17480 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17481 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17482 has been selected in the browser.
17484 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17485 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17486 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17487 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17488 filenames are omitted.
17490 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17491 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17492 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17493 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17494 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17495 the backslash itself intact.
17496 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17497 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17499 `makefile-browser-hook':
17500 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17501 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17503 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17504 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17505 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17506 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17510 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17511 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17515 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17516 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17520 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
17521 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17525 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17526 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17530 (autoload (quote makefile-imake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17531 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17537 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17817
17539 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17541 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
17542 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17543 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17549 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17817 14146))
17550 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17552 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
17554 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
17555 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17556 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17557 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17558 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17559 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17560 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17562 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17563 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17564 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17565 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17567 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17569 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
17570 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17572 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17576 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17817 13976))
17577 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17579 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
17580 Toggle Master mode.
17581 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17582 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17583 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17585 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17586 following commands:
17588 \\{master-mode-map}
17590 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17591 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17592 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17598 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17817
17600 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17602 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17604 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17605 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17606 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17607 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17608 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17609 or call the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17611 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" nil)
17613 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
17614 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17615 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17616 created in the future.
17617 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17618 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17620 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17624 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
17625 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17626 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17627 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17628 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17629 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
17630 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
17631 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
17632 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
17633 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
17634 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (17817 16940))
17635 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17637 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
17638 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
17640 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17642 If `parens', they look like:
17643 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17644 If `angles', they look like:
17645 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
17647 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
17648 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
17650 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message" t)
17652 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
17653 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
17655 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message" t)
17657 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
17658 *Local news organization file.")
17660 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message" t)
17662 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
17663 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
17664 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
17665 variable `mail-header-separator'.
17667 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
17668 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
17669 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
17671 See also `send-mail-function'.")
17673 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message" t)
17675 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
17676 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
17678 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
17679 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
17680 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
17681 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
17683 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message" t)
17685 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
17686 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
17687 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
17688 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
17690 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message" t)
17692 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
17693 *Function for citing an original message.
17694 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17695 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17696 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17698 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message" t)
17700 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
17701 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
17702 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
17703 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
17704 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
17706 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message" t)
17708 (defvar message-signature t "\
17709 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
17710 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
17711 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
17712 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
17714 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message" t)
17716 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
17717 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
17718 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
17719 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
17721 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message" t)
17723 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
17724 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
17726 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message" t)
17728 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
17730 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
17731 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17732 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17733 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17734 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17735 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17736 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17737 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17738 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17739 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17740 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17741 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17742 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17743 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17744 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17745 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17746 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17747 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17748 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17749 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17750 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17751 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17752 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17753 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17754 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17755 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17756 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17757 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17758 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17759 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17760 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17761 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17762 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17763 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17764 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17765 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17766 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17770 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
17771 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17772 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
17774 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17776 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
17777 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17779 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17781 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
17782 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17784 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17786 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
17787 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17789 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17791 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
17792 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17793 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17795 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17797 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
17798 Cancel an article you posted.
17799 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17801 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17803 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
17804 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17805 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17806 header line with the old Message-ID.
17810 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
17811 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17815 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
17816 Forward the current message via mail.
17817 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17818 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17820 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17822 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
17825 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17827 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
17830 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17832 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
17833 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17837 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
17838 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17840 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17842 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
17843 Re-mail the current message.
17844 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17845 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17850 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
17851 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17853 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17855 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
17856 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17858 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17860 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
17861 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17863 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17865 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
17866 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17868 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17870 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
17871 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17872 Works by overstriking characters.
17873 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17874 which specify the range to operate on.
17876 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17878 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
17879 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17880 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17881 which specify the range to operate on.
17883 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17887 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17888 ;;;;;; (17390 27409))
17889 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17891 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17892 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17896 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17897 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17901 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17902 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17906 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17907 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17913 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17914 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17915 ;;;;;; (17817 14119))
17916 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17918 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
17919 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17920 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17924 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
17925 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17926 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17927 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17928 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17929 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17930 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17932 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17934 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
17935 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17936 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17937 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17938 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17940 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17941 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17943 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17945 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
17946 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17947 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17948 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17949 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17951 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17952 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17954 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17958 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17959 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17960 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (17713 5990))
17961 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17963 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
17964 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17965 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17969 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
17970 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17971 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17975 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
17976 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17978 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17979 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17980 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17982 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17983 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17985 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17986 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17988 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17990 (define-mail-user-agent (quote mh-e-user-agent) (quote mh-user-agent-compose) (quote mh-send-letter) (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) (quote mh-before-send-letter-hook))
17992 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
17993 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17994 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17995 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17996 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17999 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18000 initial Subject field, respectively.
18002 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18003 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18006 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
18009 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
18011 (autoload (quote mh-send-letter) "mh-comp" "\
18012 Save draft and send message.
18014 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18015 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18016 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18019 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18020 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18021 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18023 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18024 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18025 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18026 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18027 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18028 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18030 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18031 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18035 (autoload (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) "mh-comp" "\
18036 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18038 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18039 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18040 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18041 delete the draft message.
18047 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17778 50475))
18048 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18050 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18052 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18054 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18056 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
18057 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18063 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18064 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (17490 7902))
18065 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18067 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-folder" "\
18068 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18069 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18071 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18072 the MH mail system.
18074 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18076 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-folder" "\
18077 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18078 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18080 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18081 the MH mail system.
18083 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18085 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-folder" "\
18086 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18088 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18089 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18090 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18093 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18094 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18095 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18098 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18102 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18103 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18104 can be used in several ways.
18106 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18107 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18108 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18109 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18113 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18114 The range must be nonempty.
18119 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18120 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18127 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18130 All of the messages.
18132 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18133 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18135 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18136 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18137 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18139 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18145 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18146 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17817 13976))
18147 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18149 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
18150 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18151 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18152 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18153 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18154 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18155 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18156 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18157 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18158 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18159 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18163 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
18164 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18165 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18166 to its second argument TM.
18168 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18172 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18173 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17390 26943))
18174 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18176 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18177 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18178 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18179 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18180 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18182 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef")
18184 (put (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
18186 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
18187 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18188 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18189 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18190 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18191 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18192 default indication.
18194 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18195 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18197 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18201 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18202 ;;;;;; (17390 27409))
18203 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18205 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
18206 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18211 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
18215 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
18216 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
18217 ;;;;;; (17817 14145))
18218 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
18220 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
18223 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
18225 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
18228 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
18230 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
18231 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
18232 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
18235 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
18239 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18240 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (17713 5203))
18241 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18243 (autoload (quote mm-extern-cache-contents) "mm-extern" "\
18244 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18246 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18248 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
18249 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18250 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18251 the entire message.
18252 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18254 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18258 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18259 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
18260 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18262 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
18263 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18264 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18265 the entire message.
18266 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18268 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18272 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18273 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17817 13970))
18274 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18276 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
18277 Insert file contents of URL.
18278 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18280 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18282 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
18283 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18285 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18289 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18290 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17778 50473))
18291 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18293 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
18294 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18295 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18296 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18297 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18299 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18301 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect-text-parts) "mm-uu" "\
18302 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18303 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18305 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18309 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18310 ;;;;;; (17496 38719))
18311 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18313 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
18316 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18318 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
18321 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18325 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18326 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18327 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17778 50473))
18328 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18330 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
18333 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18335 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
18338 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18340 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
18343 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18345 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
18348 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18350 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18353 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18355 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
18358 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18360 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18367 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18368 ;;;;;; (17322 60488))
18369 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18371 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
18372 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18373 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18374 followed by the first character of the construct.
18376 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18377 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18378 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18379 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18380 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18381 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18382 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18383 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18384 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18385 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18386 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18387 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18388 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18391 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18392 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18393 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18399 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18400 ;;;;;; (17817 14125))
18401 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18403 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
18404 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18406 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18408 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
18409 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18411 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18415 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17817
18417 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18419 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18420 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18421 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18422 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18423 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18424 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18426 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" nil)
18428 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
18429 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18430 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18431 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18433 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18435 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18437 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18439 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18440 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18441 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18442 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18443 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18444 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18446 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18447 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18448 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18449 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18450 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18452 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18453 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18455 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18456 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18458 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18460 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18461 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18462 primary selection and region.
18464 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18468 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17817 14125))
18469 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18471 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
18472 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18478 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (17569 17797))
18479 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18481 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18482 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18483 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18484 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18485 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
18487 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb")
18489 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
18491 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18492 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18493 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18495 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18499 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
18500 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18501 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18502 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18503 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18504 ;;;;;; (17817 15478))
18505 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18507 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
18508 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
18509 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
18510 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
18511 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
18512 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
18513 set of ISO charsets.
18515 Each element has the following format:
18516 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
18518 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
18520 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
18521 CHARSET are mapped.
18523 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
18524 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
18525 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
18526 character code in CHARSET.
18528 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
18529 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
18530 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
18532 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
18533 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
18535 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
18536 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
18538 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
18539 Display a list of all character sets.
18541 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
18542 internal Emacs use.
18544 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
18545 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
18546 hexadecimal digits.
18547 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
18548 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
18550 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18551 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18552 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18553 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18555 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18556 but still shows the full information.
18560 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
18561 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18562 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
18563 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
18564 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18566 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18567 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18568 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18569 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18570 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18572 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18574 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
18575 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
18576 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
18577 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
18578 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18580 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18582 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
18583 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18585 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18587 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18588 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18590 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18592 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
18593 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18595 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18596 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18598 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18599 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18600 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18601 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18602 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18603 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18604 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18605 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18606 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18607 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18608 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18609 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18610 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18611 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18612 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18613 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18617 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18618 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18622 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
18623 Display a list of all coding systems.
18624 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18626 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18627 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18629 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18631 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
18632 Display a list of all coding categories.
18636 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
18637 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18638 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18640 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18642 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
18643 Display information about FONTSET.
18644 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18646 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18648 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
18649 Display a list of all fontsets.
18650 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18651 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18652 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18656 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
18657 Display information about all input methods.
18661 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
18662 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18664 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18665 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18666 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18667 system which uses fontsets).
18673 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18674 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18675 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18676 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18677 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18678 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17817 15478))
18679 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18681 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
18682 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18683 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18685 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18687 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18689 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18690 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18692 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18693 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18695 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
18696 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18698 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18700 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
18701 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18702 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18703 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18704 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18705 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18706 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18708 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18709 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18710 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18711 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18712 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18713 middle of a character in STR.
18715 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18716 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18718 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18719 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18720 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18721 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18722 defaults to \"...\".
18724 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18726 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18727 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18729 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18730 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18731 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18733 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18734 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18735 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18737 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18738 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18739 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18741 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18742 longer than KEYSEQ.
18743 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18745 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18747 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18748 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18749 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18750 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18751 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18752 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18753 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18754 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18755 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18756 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18757 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18759 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18761 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18762 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18764 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18766 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18767 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18769 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18771 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
18772 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
18774 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18776 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
18777 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
18779 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18781 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
18782 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18783 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18784 coding systems ordered by priority.
18786 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18788 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
18789 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18790 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18791 language environment LANG-ENV.
18793 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18795 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
18796 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18797 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18798 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18799 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18800 basis, this may not be accurate.
18802 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18806 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18807 ;;;;;; (17505 62425))
18808 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18810 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18811 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18812 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18813 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18814 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18816 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel")
18818 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
18819 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18820 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18821 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18823 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18825 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
18826 Enable mouse wheel support.
18828 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18832 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18833 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18834 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
18835 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17390 26944))
18836 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18838 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
18839 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18841 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18843 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
18845 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18846 `ping-program-options'.
18850 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
18851 Run ipconfig program.
18855 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
18857 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
18858 Run netstat program.
18862 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
18863 Run the arp program.
18867 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
18868 Run the route program.
18872 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18873 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18877 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
18878 Run nslookup program.
18882 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18883 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18887 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
18892 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
18897 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
18898 Finger USER on HOST.
18900 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18902 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
18903 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18904 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18905 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18907 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18909 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
18914 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
18915 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18917 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18919 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
18920 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18922 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18926 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18927 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18928 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18929 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18930 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18931 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (17817 13976))
18932 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18934 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
18936 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
18938 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
18940 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
18942 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
18943 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18944 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18945 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18946 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18947 Major modes should set this variable.")
18949 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18950 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18951 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
18952 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18953 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
18954 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
18956 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment" t)
18957 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18959 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18960 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18961 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18963 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18964 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18965 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18966 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18967 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18969 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18970 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18971 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18973 (defvar comment-end "" "\
18974 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18975 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18976 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18978 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
18979 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18980 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18981 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18982 column indentation or nil.
18983 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18985 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18986 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18987 The function has no args.
18989 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18990 comments always start in column zero.")
18992 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
18993 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18994 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18996 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment" t)
18998 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
18999 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
19000 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
19001 of the corresponding number of spaces.
19003 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
19004 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
19006 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment" t)
19008 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
19009 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
19010 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
19011 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
19012 customize this variable.
19014 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
19015 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
19017 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment" t)
19019 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
19020 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19021 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19022 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19023 the variables are properly set.
19025 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19027 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
19028 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19032 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
19033 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19034 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19036 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19038 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
19039 Set the comment column based on point.
19040 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19041 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19042 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19043 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19047 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
19048 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
19049 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19053 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
19054 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19055 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19058 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19060 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
19061 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19062 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19063 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19064 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19065 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
19066 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
19067 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
19069 The strings used as comment starts are built from
19070 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
19072 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19074 (autoload (quote comment-box) "newcomment" "\
19075 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19076 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19077 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19079 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19081 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
19082 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19083 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19084 is passed on to the respective function.
19086 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19088 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
19089 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19090 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19091 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19092 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19093 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
19094 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19095 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19096 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19100 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19101 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19102 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19104 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment" t)
19106 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
19107 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19108 This indents the body of the continued comment
19109 under the previous comment line.
19111 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19112 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19113 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19115 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19116 or comment indentation.
19118 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19119 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19121 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19125 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
19126 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
19127 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (17390 26944))
19128 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19130 (autoload (quote newsticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19131 Check whether newsticker is running.
19132 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19133 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19137 (autoload (quote newsticker-ticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19138 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19139 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19140 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19145 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
19146 Start the newsticker.
19147 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19148 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19149 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19150 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19152 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19154 (autoload (quote newsticker-start-ticker) "newsticker" "\
19155 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19156 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19161 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
19162 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
19168 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19169 ;;;;;; (17778 50473))
19170 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19172 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
19173 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19175 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19179 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17383
19181 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19183 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
19184 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19185 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19186 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19187 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19188 symbol in the alist.
19190 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19194 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19195 ;;;;;; (17390 27386))
19196 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19198 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
19199 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19200 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19206 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19207 ;;;;;; (17817 14138))
19208 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19210 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
19211 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19212 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19218 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19219 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
19220 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19222 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
19223 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19225 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19229 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19230 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17778 50473))
19231 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19233 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
19234 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19238 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19239 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19243 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19244 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19250 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19251 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17817 13976))
19252 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19254 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
19255 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19256 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19258 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
19260 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
19263 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19265 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
19266 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19267 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19268 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19269 to future sessions.
19271 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19273 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
19274 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19275 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19276 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19277 to future sessions.
19279 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19283 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19284 ;;;;;; (17390 27169))
19285 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19287 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
19288 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19290 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19291 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19292 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19298 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19299 ;;;;;; (17390 27409))
19300 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19302 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
19303 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19304 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19305 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19306 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19312 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19313 ;;;;;; (17778 49132))
19314 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19316 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
19317 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19318 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19320 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19322 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19323 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19325 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19326 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19327 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19329 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19331 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
19335 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19336 ;;;;;; (17817 13977))
19337 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19339 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
19340 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19342 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19343 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19344 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19345 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19347 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19348 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19349 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19350 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19351 is why you need this mode!).
19353 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19354 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19355 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19357 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19362 \\{octave-mode-map}
19364 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19365 ==============================================
19368 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19371 octave-auto-newline
19372 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19375 octave-blink-matching-block
19376 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19377 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19379 octave-block-offset
19380 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19383 octave-continuation-offset
19384 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19387 octave-continuation-string
19388 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19389 Default is a backslash.
19391 octave-mode-startup-message
19392 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
19395 octave-send-echo-input
19396 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19397 command to the inferior Octave process.
19399 octave-send-line-auto-forward
19400 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19401 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19403 octave-send-echo-input
19404 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19406 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19408 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19409 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19411 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
19412 (setq auto-mode-alist
19413 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
19415 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
19416 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19418 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19422 (if (eq window-system 'x)
19423 (font-lock-mode 1))))
19425 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19426 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19427 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19428 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19434 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
19435 ;;;;;; (17817 14123))
19436 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
19438 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
19439 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
19440 It is now better to use Customize instead.
19444 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
19445 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
19446 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
19447 in which there are commands to set the option values.
19448 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
19450 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
19456 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19457 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl
19458 ;;;;;; org-remember-handler org-remember-apply-template org-remember-annotation
19459 ;;;;;; org-store-link org-tags-view org-diary org-cycle-agenda-files
19460 ;;;;;; org-todo-list org-agenda-list org-batch-agenda org-agenda
19461 ;;;;;; org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el"
19462 ;;;;;; (17817 15940))
19463 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19465 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
19466 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19467 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19469 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19470 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19471 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19472 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19473 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19474 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19475 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19476 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19477 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19478 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19480 The following commands are available:
19486 (autoload (quote org-cycle) "org" "\
19487 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19489 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19490 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19491 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19492 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19493 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19495 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19496 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19497 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19498 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19499 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19500 and zoom in further.
19501 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19503 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19504 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19505 is negative, go up that many levels.
19507 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19508 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19509 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19511 - Special case: if point is the the beginning of the buffer and there is
19512 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19514 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19516 (autoload (quote org-global-cycle) "org" "\
19517 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19521 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
19522 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19523 Prompts for a character to select a command. Any prefix arg will be passed
19524 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19526 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19527 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19528 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19529 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19530 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19531 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19532 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19533 l Create a timeeline for the current buffer.
19535 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19536 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19537 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19539 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19540 first press `1' to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily (until the
19541 next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19545 (autoload (quote org-batch-agenda) "org" "\
19546 Run an agenda command in batch mode, send result to STDOUT.
19547 CMD-KEY is a string that is also a key in `org-agenda-custom-commands'.
19548 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19549 before running the agenda command.
19551 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19553 (autoload (quote org-agenda-list) "org" "\
19554 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19555 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
19556 will be able to go to other weeks.
19557 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
19558 also be shown, under the current date.
19559 With two \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all TODO entries marked DONE
19560 on the days are also shown. See the variable `org-log-done' for how
19561 to turn on logging.
19562 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19563 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19564 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19566 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19568 (autoload (quote org-todo-list) "org" "\
19569 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19570 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19571 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19572 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19573 `org-todo-keywords'.
19577 (autoload (quote org-cycle-agenda-files) "org" "\
19578 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19579 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19580 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19584 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
19585 Return diary information from org-files.
19586 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19587 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19588 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19589 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19591 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19592 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19593 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19595 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19596 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19597 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19598 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19600 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19601 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19602 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19604 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19605 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19606 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19607 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19609 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19611 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19613 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19614 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19618 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19619 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
19622 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
19624 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19625 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19626 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19628 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19630 (autoload (quote org-tags-view) "org" "\
19631 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19632 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19634 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19636 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
19637 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19638 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19639 \\[org-insert-link].
19640 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19641 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19642 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19646 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
19647 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19648 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19649 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19650 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19654 (autoload (quote org-remember-apply-template) "org" "\
19655 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19656 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19657 to be run from that hook to fucntion properly.
19661 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
19662 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19663 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19664 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19665 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19666 file the text at a specific location.
19667 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19668 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19669 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19671 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19672 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19673 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
19674 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19675 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19676 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19677 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19678 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19680 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19681 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19682 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
19683 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
19685 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19686 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19687 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19689 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19690 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19691 \(i.e. after the stars).
19693 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19697 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
19698 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19702 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
19703 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19707 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org" "\
19708 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19709 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19710 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19714 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
19715 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19716 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19717 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19721 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
19722 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19723 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19729 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19730 ;;;;;; (17817 16152))
19731 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19732 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19734 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
19735 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19736 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19737 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19739 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19740 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19741 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19742 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19744 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19745 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19746 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19747 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19748 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19749 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19751 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19752 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19753 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19755 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19756 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19757 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19758 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19759 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19760 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19761 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19762 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19763 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19764 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19765 The subheadings remain visible.
19766 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19768 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19769 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19770 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19772 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19773 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19777 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
19778 Toggle Outline minor mode.
19779 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
19780 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
19782 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (17496
19788 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
19789 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19790 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19791 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19792 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19793 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19794 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19795 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19796 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19797 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19801 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (17778 50475))
19802 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
19804 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
19805 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
19806 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19807 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19808 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19809 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
19811 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" nil)
19813 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
19814 Toggle Show Paren mode.
19815 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
19816 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
19818 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
19819 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
19821 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19825 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
19826 ;;;;;; (17390 27324))
19827 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
19829 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
19830 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
19831 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
19832 unknown are returned as nil.
19834 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19838 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17390
19840 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
19842 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
19843 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
19844 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19846 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
19847 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
19849 Other useful functions are:
19851 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
19852 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
19853 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
19854 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
19855 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
19856 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
19857 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
19858 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
19859 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
19861 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
19863 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
19864 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
19865 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
19866 Indentation for case statements.
19867 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
19868 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
19870 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
19871 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
19872 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
19873 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19874 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19875 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
19876 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
19877 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
19878 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
19879 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
19881 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
19882 pascal-separator-keywords.
19884 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
19885 no args, if that value is non-nil.
19891 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
19892 ;;;;;; (17817 13982))
19893 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
19895 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
19896 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
19897 The keys affected are:
19898 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
19899 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
19900 M-Backspace does undo.
19901 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
19902 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
19903 C-Escape does list-buffers.
19909 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
19910 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17390 26938))
19911 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
19913 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19914 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
19915 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19916 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19917 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
19919 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
19921 (put (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
19923 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
19924 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
19926 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19928 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
19929 which modify the status of the mark.
19931 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
19932 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
19934 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
19935 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
19937 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
19938 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
19939 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
19940 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
19941 turning PC Selection mode on.
19943 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
19944 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
19946 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
19947 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
19948 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
19950 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
19951 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
19952 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
19954 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
19955 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
19957 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
19958 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
19959 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
19961 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
19962 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
19963 but before calling PC Selection mode):
19969 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
19970 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
19973 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19975 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19976 Toggle PC Selection mode.
19977 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
19978 and cursor movement commands.
19979 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19980 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19981 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
19983 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
19987 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17817
19989 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
19991 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
19992 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
19998 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
19999 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17817 13976))
20000 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20002 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20003 Completion for `gzip'.
20007 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20008 Completion for `bzip2'.
20012 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20013 Completion for GNU `make'.
20017 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20018 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20022 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
20026 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20027 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17817 13976))
20028 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20030 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20031 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20035 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20036 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20040 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20041 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20047 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17817
20049 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20051 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20052 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
20053 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
20054 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
20055 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
20056 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
20062 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
20063 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
20064 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17817 13976))
20065 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20067 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20068 Completion for `cd'.
20072 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
20074 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20075 Completion for `rmdir'.
20079 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20080 Completion for `rm'.
20084 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20085 Completion for `xargs'.
20089 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
20091 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20092 Completion for `which'.
20096 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20097 Completion for the `chown' command.
20101 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20102 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20108 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20109 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20110 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17466
20112 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20114 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
20115 Support extensible programmable completion.
20116 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20117 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20119 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20121 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
20122 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20126 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
20127 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20128 This will modify the current buffer.
20132 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
20133 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20137 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
20138 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20139 This will modify the current buffer.
20143 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
20144 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20148 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
20149 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20153 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20154 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20155 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20156 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20157 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20159 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20161 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20162 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
20168 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20169 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20170 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (17817 13976))
20171 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20173 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
20174 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20175 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20176 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20178 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20180 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20182 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
20183 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20184 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20185 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20186 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20187 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20190 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20192 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
20193 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20194 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20195 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20196 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20197 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20198 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20199 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20201 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20203 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
20204 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20205 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20206 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20207 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20208 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20209 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20212 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20214 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
20215 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20216 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20217 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20218 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20219 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20220 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20222 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20224 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
20226 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
20227 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20228 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20230 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs" t)
20232 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
20233 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20234 nil means never do it.
20235 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20236 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20237 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20239 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs" t)
20241 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20242 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20243 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17817 13976))
20248 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20250 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
20254 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20255 ;;;;;; (17499 10453))
20256 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20258 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
20259 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20260 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20261 Tab indents for Perl code.
20262 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20263 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20264 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20266 Variables controlling indentation style:
20267 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20268 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20269 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20270 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20271 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20272 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20273 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20275 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20276 `perl-indent-level'
20277 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20278 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20279 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20280 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20281 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20282 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20283 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20284 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20285 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20286 `perl-brace-offset'
20287 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20288 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20289 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20290 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20291 `perl-label-offset'
20292 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20293 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20294 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20296 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20297 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20298 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20299 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20300 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20301 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20302 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20304 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20310 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20311 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20312 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20313 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (17713 5990))
20314 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20316 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20317 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20319 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20321 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20322 passphrase cache or user.
20324 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20326 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region) "pgg" "\
20327 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20329 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20332 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20334 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric) "pgg" "\
20335 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20337 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20340 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20341 passphrase cache or user.
20343 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20345 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
20346 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20348 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20350 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20353 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20354 passphrase cache or user.
20356 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20358 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20359 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20361 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20362 passphrase cache or user.
20364 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20366 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
20367 Decrypt the current buffer.
20369 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20372 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20373 passphrase cache or user.
20375 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20377 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
20378 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20380 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20381 a detached signature.
20383 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20384 and the the output is displayed.
20386 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20387 passphrase cache or user.
20389 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20391 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
20392 Sign the current buffer.
20394 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20395 detached signature.
20397 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20400 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20401 and the the output is displayed.
20403 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20404 passphrase cache or user.
20406 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20408 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
20409 Verify the current region between START and END.
20410 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20411 the detached signature of the current region.
20413 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20414 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20416 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20418 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
20419 Verify the current buffer.
20420 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20421 the detached signature of the current region.
20422 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20423 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20424 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20427 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20429 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
20430 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20434 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
20435 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20437 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20439 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
20440 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20446 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20447 ;;;;;; (17817 16940))
20448 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20450 (autoload (quote pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "\
20451 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20453 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20457 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20458 ;;;;;; (17817 14128))
20459 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20461 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
20462 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20463 \\<picture-mode-map>
20464 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20465 afterwards settable by these commands:
20467 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20468 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20469 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20470 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20472 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20473 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20474 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20475 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20477 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20478 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20479 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20480 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20482 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20483 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20484 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20485 with these commands:
20487 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20488 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20489 Move to column following last
20490 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20491 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20492 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20493 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20494 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20495 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20497 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20499 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20500 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20501 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20502 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20503 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20504 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20506 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20507 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20508 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20509 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20510 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20511 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20512 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20514 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20515 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20516 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20517 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20518 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20519 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20520 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20521 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20523 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20524 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20525 by supplying an argument.
20527 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20529 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20530 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20534 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
20538 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20539 ;;;;;; (17611 9183))
20540 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20542 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
20543 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20544 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20546 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20550 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17549 5052))
20551 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20553 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
20554 Play pong and waste time.
20555 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20556 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20558 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20566 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20567 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17778 50473))
20568 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20570 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
20571 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20572 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20573 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20575 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20577 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
20578 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20582 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
20583 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20584 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20585 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20586 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20588 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20590 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
20591 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20592 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20594 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20596 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
20597 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20598 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20599 Ignores leading comment characters.
20605 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20606 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20607 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20608 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20609 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20610 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20611 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20612 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20613 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20614 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20615 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20616 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20617 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20618 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20619 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20620 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20621 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20622 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20623 ;;;;;; (17817 13971))
20624 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20626 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
20627 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20629 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20631 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20633 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20635 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
20636 Preview directory using ghostview.
20638 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20639 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20640 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20641 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20643 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20644 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20645 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20646 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20647 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20650 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20652 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20654 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20655 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20657 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20658 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20659 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20660 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20662 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20663 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20664 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20665 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20666 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20669 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20671 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20673 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
20674 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20676 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20677 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20678 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20679 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20681 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20682 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20683 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20684 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20685 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20688 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20690 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20692 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
20693 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20695 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20697 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20698 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20699 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20700 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20702 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20703 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20704 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20705 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20706 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20709 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20711 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20713 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
20714 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20716 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20717 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20718 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20720 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20721 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20722 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20723 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20725 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20727 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20728 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20730 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20731 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20732 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20734 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20735 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20736 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20737 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20739 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20741 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
20742 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20744 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20745 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20746 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20748 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20749 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20750 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20751 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20753 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20755 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
20756 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20758 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20760 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20761 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20762 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20764 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20765 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20766 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20767 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20769 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20771 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
20772 Preview region using ghostview.
20774 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20776 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20778 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20779 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20781 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20783 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20785 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
20786 Print region using PostScript printer.
20788 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20790 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20792 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
20793 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20795 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20797 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20799 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
20800 Preview major mode using ghostview.
20802 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20804 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20806 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20807 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
20809 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20811 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20813 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
20814 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
20816 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20818 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20820 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
20821 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
20823 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20825 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20827 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
20828 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
20829 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20830 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20832 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20835 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20836 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20838 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20840 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20842 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
20843 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
20844 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20845 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20849 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
20850 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
20851 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20852 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20856 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
20857 Print directory using text printer.
20859 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20862 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20863 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20865 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20867 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20869 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
20870 Print buffer using text printer.
20874 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
20875 Print region using text printer.
20879 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
20880 Print major mode using text printer.
20884 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
20885 Preview spooled PostScript.
20887 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20888 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20889 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20891 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20892 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20893 PostScript image in a file with that name.
20895 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20897 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20898 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
20900 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20901 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20902 instead of sending it to the printer.
20904 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20905 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20906 image in a file with that name.
20908 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20910 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
20911 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20913 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20914 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20915 instead of sending it to the printer.
20917 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20918 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20919 image in a file with that name.
20921 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20923 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
20924 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20926 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20927 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20928 instead of sending it to the printer.
20930 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20931 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20932 image in a file with that name.
20934 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20936 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
20937 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20939 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20941 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
20942 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20944 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20946 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20947 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
20949 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20951 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
20952 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
20954 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20956 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
20957 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20959 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20961 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
20962 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
20964 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
20965 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20966 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
20967 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20969 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20970 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
20971 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
20972 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
20973 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
20974 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
20977 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20979 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
20980 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
20984 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
20985 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
20987 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20989 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20994 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
20995 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
20999 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21000 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21004 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
21005 Toggle printing with faces.
21009 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
21014 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
21019 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
21022 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21024 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21029 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
21034 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
21035 Toggle upside-down.
21039 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
21040 Toggle line number.
21044 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
21045 Toggle zebra stripes.
21049 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
21050 Toggle printing header.
21054 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
21055 Toggle printing header frame.
21059 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
21064 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
21065 Toggle auto region.
21069 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
21074 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
21075 Customization of the `printing' group.
21077 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21079 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
21080 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21082 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21084 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
21085 Help for the printing package.
21087 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21089 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
21090 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21094 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
21095 Interactively select a text printer.
21099 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
21100 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21104 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
21105 Show current ps-print settings.
21107 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21109 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
21110 Show current printing settings.
21112 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21114 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
21115 Show current lpr settings.
21117 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21119 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21120 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21122 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21123 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21124 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21125 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21128 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21130 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21131 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21132 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21134 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21135 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21136 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21137 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21138 current active printer.
21140 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21141 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21142 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21145 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21146 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21147 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21148 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21149 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21152 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21153 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21155 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21157 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21158 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21159 be done using the new current active printer.
21161 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21162 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21165 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21166 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21167 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21168 instead of sending it to the printer.
21170 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21171 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21174 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21177 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21180 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21182 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21183 Fast fire function for text printing.
21185 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21186 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21187 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21188 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21190 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21191 user for a new active text printer.
21193 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21195 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21197 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21198 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21201 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21203 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21206 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21210 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21211 ;;;;;; (17713 5991))
21212 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21214 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
21215 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21216 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21218 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21219 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21220 if that value is non-nil.
21224 (defalias (quote run-prolog) (quote switch-to-prolog))
21226 (autoload (quote switch-to-prolog) "prolog" "\
21227 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21228 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21230 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17817 15478))
21235 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21237 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
21238 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21239 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21243 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17390
21245 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21247 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
21248 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21250 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21252 The following variables hold user options, and can
21253 be set through the `customize' command:
21255 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21257 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21258 `ps-mode-print-function'
21260 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21264 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21267 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21273 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21274 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21275 The keymap for this second window is:
21277 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21280 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21281 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21282 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21283 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21284 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21290 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
21291 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
21292 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
21293 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17817 13971))
21294 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
21296 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
21297 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
21301 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
21302 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
21303 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
21304 changed by setting the variable
21305 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
21306 The initial value of this variable is
21307 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
21310 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
21311 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
21312 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
21313 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
21314 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
21315 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
21318 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
21319 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
21320 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
21321 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
21322 source file. BDF fonts are included in
21323 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
21324 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
21325 use this value, be sure to have installed
21326 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
21327 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
21328 documentation of this variable).
21330 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
21331 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
21332 characters. This is convenient when you want or
21333 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
21334 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
21335 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
21337 Any other value is treated as nil.")
21339 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" t)
21341 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21342 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
21343 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
21345 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21347 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21352 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
21353 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
21355 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
21357 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21361 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21363 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21366 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21368 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
21369 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
21371 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
21374 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21378 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21380 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21383 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21385 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
21386 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
21390 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
21391 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
21392 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
21394 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
21396 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
21397 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
21398 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
21400 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
21402 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
21409 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21410 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21411 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21412 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21413 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21414 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (17817
21416 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21418 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21419 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21420 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21422 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" t)
21424 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
21425 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21426 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21427 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21429 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print" t)
21431 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
21432 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21436 nil Do not print colors.
21440 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21441 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21443 Any other value is treated as t.")
21445 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print" t)
21447 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
21448 Customization of ps-print group.
21452 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21453 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21455 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21456 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21457 sending it to the printer.
21459 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21460 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21461 image in a file with that name.
21463 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21465 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21466 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21467 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21468 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21469 so it has a way to determine color values.
21471 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21473 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
21474 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21475 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21477 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21479 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21480 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21481 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21482 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21483 so it has a way to determine color values.
21485 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21487 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21488 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21489 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21490 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21492 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21496 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21497 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21498 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21499 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21500 so it has a way to determine color values.
21502 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21506 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
21507 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21508 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21510 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21512 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21514 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21515 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21516 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21517 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21518 so it has a way to determine color values.
21520 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21522 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21524 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
21525 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21527 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21528 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21529 instead of sending it to the printer.
21531 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21532 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21533 image in a file with that name.
21535 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21537 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
21538 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21539 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21540 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21541 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21545 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21546 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21547 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21549 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21551 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
21552 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21553 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21555 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21557 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
21558 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21562 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
21563 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21565 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21566 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21568 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21569 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21571 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21573 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21575 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21577 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
21578 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21580 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21581 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21583 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21584 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21586 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21588 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21590 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21592 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21593 foreground and background colors respectively.
21595 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21596 bold - use bold font.
21597 italic - use italic font.
21598 underline - put a line under text.
21599 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21600 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21601 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21602 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21603 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21605 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21607 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21611 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21612 ;;;;;; (17817 13957))
21613 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21615 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
21617 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
21619 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
21621 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
21622 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21623 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21624 buffer automatically.
21626 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21627 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21628 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21629 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21630 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21631 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21632 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21634 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21635 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21636 buffer for a list of commands.)
21638 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21640 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
21641 Major mode for editing Python files.
21642 Font Lock mode is currently required for correct parsing of the source.
21643 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21644 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21645 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21647 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21648 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21649 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21650 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21651 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21652 \\<python-mode-map>
21653 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21654 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21655 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21656 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21657 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21658 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21660 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21661 effect outside them.
21663 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21664 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21665 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21666 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21667 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21668 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21669 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21670 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21671 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21673 \\{python-mode-map}
21677 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
21678 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21679 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21680 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21686 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21687 ;;;;;; (17407 3112))
21688 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21690 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
21691 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21692 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21695 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21696 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21698 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21699 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21700 them into characters should be done separately.
21702 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21706 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21707 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21708 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21709 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21710 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17817 15478))
21711 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21713 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
21714 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21718 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
21719 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21720 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21722 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21723 `quail-activate', which see.
21725 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21727 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
21728 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21729 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21730 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21731 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21732 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21733 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21735 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21736 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21737 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21738 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21739 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21741 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21743 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21744 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21745 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21746 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21747 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21748 list of candidates.
21750 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21751 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21752 command to be called.
21754 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21755 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21756 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21757 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21759 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21760 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21761 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21762 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21763 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21766 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21767 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21768 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21769 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21771 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21772 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21773 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21774 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21776 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21777 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21778 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21779 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21780 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21781 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21783 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21784 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21785 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21786 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21787 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21788 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21790 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21791 covers Quail translation region.
21793 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21794 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21795 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21796 for it) is inserted.
21798 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21799 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21800 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21802 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21803 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21804 non-Quail commands.
21806 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21808 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21809 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21811 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21812 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21813 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21814 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21815 you type is correctly handled.
21817 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21819 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21820 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21822 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21825 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21827 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
21828 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21829 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21830 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21831 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21832 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21833 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21834 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21835 for the translation.
21836 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21838 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21839 it is used to handle KEY.
21841 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21842 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21843 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21844 the following annotation types are supported.
21846 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21847 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21849 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21852 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21853 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21854 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21857 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21858 generated for the following translations.
21860 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
21862 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
21863 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21865 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21866 which to install MAP.
21868 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21870 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21872 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
21873 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21875 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21876 which to install MAP.
21878 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21880 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21882 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
21883 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
21884 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21885 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
21886 a function, or a cons.
21887 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21888 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21889 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21890 for the translation.
21891 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
21892 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
21893 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
21894 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
21895 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21897 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21898 it is used to handle KEY.
21900 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
21901 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
21902 current Quail package.
21904 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
21905 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21907 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
21909 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
21910 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
21912 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
21913 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21915 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
21917 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
21918 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
21920 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
21922 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
21923 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
21924 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
21925 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
21926 of the Emacs source tree.
21928 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
21929 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
21931 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
21932 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
21935 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
21939 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
21940 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
21941 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17390
21943 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
21945 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
21946 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
21947 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
21948 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
21950 To make use of this do something like:
21952 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
21954 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
21956 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
21957 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
21959 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
21960 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21961 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21963 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21965 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
21966 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
21968 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21970 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
21971 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
21973 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
21976 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
21978 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
21979 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
21981 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
21982 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21983 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21985 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21987 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
21988 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
21990 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21992 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
21993 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
21997 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
21998 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22000 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22002 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22006 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
22007 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22013 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22014 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (17778 50475))
22015 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22017 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
22019 If ARG is non-nil, prompt for a server to connect to.
22023 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
22025 (autoload (quote rcirc-connect) "rcirc" "\
22028 \(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22030 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22031 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22032 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22033 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22034 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22035 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22037 (custom-autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" nil)
22039 (autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" "\
22040 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22042 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22046 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17817
22048 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22050 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
22051 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22054 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22058 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22059 ;;;;;; (17778 50473))
22060 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22062 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
22064 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
22065 Construct a regexp interactively.
22071 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17778 48817))
22072 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22074 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22075 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22076 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22077 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22078 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22079 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22081 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" nil)
22083 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
22084 Toggle recentf mode.
22085 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22086 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22088 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22089 that were operated on recently.
22091 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22095 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22096 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22097 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22098 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17713
22100 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22102 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
22103 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22104 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22105 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22107 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22109 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
22111 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
22112 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22113 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22114 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22117 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22118 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22121 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22123 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
22124 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22125 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22127 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22128 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22131 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22133 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
22134 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22135 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22137 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22139 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
22140 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22142 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22143 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22145 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22148 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22149 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22150 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22151 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22154 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22156 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
22157 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22161 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22162 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22163 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22164 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22165 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22166 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22167 and point is at the lower right corner.
22169 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22171 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
22172 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22174 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22175 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22177 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22178 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
22179 on the right side of the rectangle.
22181 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22183 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
22185 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
22186 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22187 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22188 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22189 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22191 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22192 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22194 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22196 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
22197 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22198 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22200 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22202 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22204 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
22206 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22207 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22209 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22210 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22211 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22213 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22215 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
22216 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22217 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22219 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22220 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22221 rectangle which were empty.
22223 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22227 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17817
22229 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22231 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
22232 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22233 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
22235 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22236 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22237 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22239 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22243 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22244 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17405 10316))
22245 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22247 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
22248 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22252 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
22253 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22255 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22256 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22258 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22259 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22260 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22263 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22264 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22265 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22267 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22268 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22269 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22271 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22272 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22274 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22275 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22277 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22278 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22281 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22283 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22285 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
22286 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22287 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22293 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22294 ;;;;;; (17817 14128))
22295 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22297 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
22298 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22299 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22300 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22301 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22302 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22304 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22306 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22308 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22309 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22310 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22311 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22312 `reftex-cite-format'.
22314 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22315 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22316 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22317 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22319 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22323 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22324 ;;;;;; (17817 14128))
22325 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22327 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
22328 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22329 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22330 the current TeX document.
22332 With no argument, this command toggles
22333 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22334 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
22336 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22340 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22341 ;;;;;; (17817 14128))
22342 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22344 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
22345 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22346 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22348 To insert new phrases, use
22349 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22350 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22352 To index phrases use one of:
22354 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22355 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22356 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22357 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22358 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22360 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22361 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22363 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22365 Here are all local bindings.
22367 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22373 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22374 ;;;;;; (17817 14128))
22375 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22377 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
22378 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22379 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22382 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (17817
22388 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22389 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22390 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22391 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22392 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22396 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22397 ;;;;;; (17817 13982))
22398 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22400 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
22401 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22402 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22403 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22404 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22405 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22407 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22408 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22410 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22413 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22415 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
22416 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22417 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22418 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22420 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22424 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17817 13977))
22425 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22427 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
22428 Repeat most recently executed command.
22429 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
22430 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22431 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22433 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
22434 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
22435 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22437 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22441 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22442 ;;;;;; (17817 14120))
22443 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22445 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
22446 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22448 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22449 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22450 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22451 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22452 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22453 and point is left after the salutation.
22455 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22456 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22457 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22458 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22459 left after that text.
22461 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22464 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22465 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22466 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22467 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22469 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22473 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22474 ;;;;;; (17817 13977))
22475 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22477 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
22478 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22479 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22480 visibility of comments that precede it.
22481 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22482 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22483 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22484 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22485 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22486 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22487 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22488 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22490 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22491 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22492 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22493 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22494 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22496 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22497 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
22501 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17817
22503 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22505 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
22506 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22512 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22513 ;;;;;; (17496 38723))
22514 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22516 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22517 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22518 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22520 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22521 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22522 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22524 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22526 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22527 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22528 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22529 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22530 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22532 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal")
22534 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22535 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22536 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22538 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22539 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22540 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22542 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22546 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22547 ;;;;;; (17817 13982))
22548 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22550 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
22551 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22555 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
22556 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22558 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22562 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17817 14122))
22563 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22564 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22566 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
22567 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22568 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22569 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22571 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22573 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22574 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22575 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22576 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22578 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22579 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22581 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22582 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22584 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22585 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22588 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22589 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22590 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22591 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22592 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22594 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22595 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22596 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22597 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22599 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22600 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22603 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22607 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22608 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22609 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22610 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22611 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22612 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22613 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (17778
22615 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22617 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
22618 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22619 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22621 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22623 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22624 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22625 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22626 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22628 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail" t)
22630 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22631 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22632 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22633 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22634 value is the user's email address and name.)
22635 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22637 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22638 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22639 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22640 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22641 which normally happens once for each message,
22642 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22643 To make a change in this variable take effect
22644 for a message that you have already viewed,
22645 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22647 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22649 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22650 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22651 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22652 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22654 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail" t)
22656 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22657 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22659 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22661 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22662 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22663 A value of nil means don't highlight.
22664 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22666 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail" t)
22668 (defvar rmail-highlight-face (quote rmail-highlight) "\
22669 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22671 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail" t)
22673 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22674 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22676 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail" t)
22678 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22679 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22680 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22681 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22682 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22684 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail" t)
22686 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22687 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22688 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22689 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22691 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail" t)
22693 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22694 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22696 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail" t)
22698 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22699 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22701 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail" t)
22703 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
22704 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22706 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail" t)
22708 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22709 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22711 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22712 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22714 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22715 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22717 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail" t)
22719 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22720 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22722 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22723 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22724 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22725 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22727 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22728 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22730 This is set to nil by default.")
22732 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22733 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22734 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22735 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22736 until a user explicitly requires it.
22738 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
22739 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
22742 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail" t)
22744 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
22745 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
22746 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22747 It is called with no argument.")
22749 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22750 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22751 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22752 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22753 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22754 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22755 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22757 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
22758 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
22759 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22760 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22761 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22762 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22764 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
22765 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
22766 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22767 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
22768 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
22770 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
22771 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
22772 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22773 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
22774 MSG is the message number,
22775 REGEXP is the regular expression,
22776 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
22778 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
22779 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
22780 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
22781 this feature is required with `require'.
22783 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
22784 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
22786 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
22787 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
22788 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
22789 the message is decoded as normal way.
22791 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
22792 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
22793 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
22795 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
22796 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
22797 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
22799 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
22800 Read and edit incoming mail.
22801 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
22802 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
22803 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22805 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22806 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22807 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22808 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22810 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22812 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22814 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
22815 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22816 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22817 Instead, these commands are available:
22819 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22820 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22821 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22822 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22823 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22824 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22825 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22826 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22827 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22828 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22829 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22830 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22831 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22832 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22833 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22834 till a deleted message is found.
22835 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22836 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22837 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22838 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22839 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22840 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22841 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22842 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22843 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22844 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22845 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22846 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
22847 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
22848 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22849 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22850 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22851 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22852 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22853 (label defaults to last one specified).
22854 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22855 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22856 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22857 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22858 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22859 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22860 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22861 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22862 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22866 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
22867 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22869 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22871 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
22872 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22874 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22878 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
22879 ;;;;;; (17390 26943))
22880 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
22882 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
22883 Edit the contents of this message.
22889 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
22890 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
22891 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17390 26943))
22892 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
22894 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22895 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22896 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22898 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22900 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22901 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22902 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22904 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22906 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22909 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
22911 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22912 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
22913 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22914 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22915 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
22917 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22919 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22920 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
22921 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22922 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22923 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
22925 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22929 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
22930 ;;;;;; (17817 14120))
22931 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
22933 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
22934 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
22935 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
22936 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
22938 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22942 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
22943 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
22944 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17778 50475))
22945 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22947 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
22948 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
22949 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
22950 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
22951 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
22952 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
22953 a file name as a string.")
22955 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout" t)
22957 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
22958 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
22959 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
22960 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
22961 buffer visiting that file.
22962 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
22963 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
22965 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
22966 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22968 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22969 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22971 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
22972 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
22974 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
22976 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
22977 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
22979 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout" t)
22981 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
22982 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
22983 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22984 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22985 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
22987 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
22988 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
22989 will be appended with their original headers.
22991 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
22992 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22994 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
22995 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
22997 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
22999 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
23001 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
23002 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23003 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
23005 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23009 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
23010 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
23011 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17390
23013 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
23015 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
23016 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
23017 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23019 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23021 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
23022 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
23023 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23025 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23027 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
23028 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
23029 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23031 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23033 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
23034 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
23035 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23037 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23039 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
23040 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
23041 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23043 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23045 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
23046 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
23047 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23049 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23051 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
23052 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
23053 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23054 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
23056 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
23060 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
23061 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
23062 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
23063 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
23064 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17427 42815))
23065 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
23067 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
23068 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
23070 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum")
23072 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
23073 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
23075 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum")
23077 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
23078 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
23082 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
23083 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
23084 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
23086 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
23088 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
23089 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
23090 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
23091 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23092 only look in the To and From fields.
23093 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23095 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
23097 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
23098 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
23099 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
23100 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
23101 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
23103 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
23105 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
23106 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
23107 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
23108 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23109 look in the whole message.
23110 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23112 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
23114 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
23115 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
23116 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
23118 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
23120 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
23121 *Function to decode summary-line.
23123 By default, `identity' is set.")
23125 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum" t)
23127 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23128 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23129 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23130 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23131 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23132 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23133 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23135 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23136 sent by you under different user names.
23137 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23139 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23141 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum")
23145 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
23146 ;;;;;; (17817 14123))
23147 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
23149 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
23150 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
23151 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
23152 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
23154 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
23158 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23159 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17817 13977))
23160 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23162 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
23163 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23165 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23167 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
23168 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23170 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23172 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
23173 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23175 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23177 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
23178 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23179 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23181 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23182 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23185 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23189 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
23190 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23196 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
23197 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
23198 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
23199 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
23200 ;;;;;; (17817 14123))
23201 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
23203 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
23204 *This variable is obsolete.")
23206 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" t)
23208 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
23209 *This variable is obsolete.")
23211 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini" t)
23213 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
23214 *This variable is obsolete.")
23216 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini" t)
23218 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
23219 *This variable is obsolete.")
23221 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini" t)
23223 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
23224 *This variable is obsolete.")
23226 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini" t)
23228 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
23229 *This variable is obsolete.")
23231 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini" t)
23233 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
23234 This function is obsolete.
23236 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
23240 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17778
23242 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23244 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
23245 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23247 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23251 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (17418
23253 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23255 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
23256 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23257 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23258 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23260 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23262 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
23263 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23264 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23265 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23267 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23271 matches string STRING literally.
23274 matches character CHAR literally.
23276 `not-newline', `nonl'
23277 matches any character except a newline.
23280 matches any character
23285 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23286 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23287 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23289 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23290 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23291 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23292 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23294 `(not (any SET ...))'
23295 matches any character not in SET ...
23297 `line-start', `bol'
23298 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23299 in the text being matched
23302 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23304 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23305 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23306 string being matched against.
23308 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23309 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23310 string being matched against.
23313 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23314 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23317 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23318 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23321 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23323 `word-start', `bow'
23324 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23328 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23331 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23334 `(not word-boundary)'
23335 `not-word-boundary'
23336 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23339 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23340 matches 0 through 9.
23343 matches ASCII control characters.
23345 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23346 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23349 matches space and tab only.
23352 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23355 `printing', `print'
23356 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23359 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23360 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23361 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23363 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23364 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23365 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23368 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23371 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23373 `lower', `lower-case'
23374 matches anything lower-case.
23376 `upper', `upper-case'
23377 matches anything upper-case.
23379 `punctuation', `punct'
23380 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23381 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23383 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23384 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23387 matches anything that has word syntax.
23390 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23393 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23394 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23395 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23397 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23398 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23401 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23402 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23403 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23404 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23405 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23407 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23408 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23409 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23410 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23411 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23413 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23414 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23416 `(category CATEGORY)'
23417 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23418 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23420 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23421 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23422 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23423 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23427 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23428 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23429 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23430 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23431 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23432 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23433 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23434 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23435 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23436 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23437 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23438 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23439 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23440 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23449 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23453 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23455 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23460 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23461 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23463 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23464 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23465 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23466 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23467 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23469 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23470 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23471 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23472 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23474 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23475 another name for `submatch'.
23477 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23478 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23479 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23480 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23481 regular expression.
23483 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23484 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23485 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23486 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23487 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23489 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23490 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23492 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23493 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23495 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23497 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23500 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23501 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23504 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23505 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23507 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23509 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23512 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23515 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23517 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23518 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23520 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23523 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23526 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23530 matches N occurrences.
23533 matches N or more occurrences.
23535 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23536 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23537 matches N to M occurrences.
23540 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23543 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23546 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23549 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23553 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23555 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23559 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23560 ;;;;;; (17466 28165))
23561 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23563 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23564 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23565 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23568 (custom-autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" nil)
23570 (autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" "\
23571 Toggle savehist-mode.
23572 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23573 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23574 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23575 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23577 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23578 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23579 which is probably undesirable.
23585 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23586 ;;;;;; (17390 27409))
23587 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23589 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
23590 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23591 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23593 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23594 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23595 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23596 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23597 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23598 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23599 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23600 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23603 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23604 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23605 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23606 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23607 if that value is non-nil.
23611 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
23612 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23613 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23616 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23617 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23618 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23619 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23620 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23621 that variable's value is a string.
23627 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23628 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
23629 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23631 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
23632 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23633 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23635 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23641 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (17817
23643 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
23645 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
23646 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
23647 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
23648 \\{scribe-mode-map}
23650 Interesting variables:
23652 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
23653 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
23655 `scribe-electric-quote'
23656 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
23658 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
23659 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
23660 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
23666 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23667 ;;;;;; (17817 13977))
23668 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23670 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23671 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23672 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23673 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23674 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23675 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23677 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" nil)
23679 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
23680 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23681 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23682 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23683 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23685 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23689 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23690 ;;;;;; (17390 26945))
23691 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23693 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
23694 Minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23695 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23696 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23697 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23700 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23704 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23705 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23706 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23707 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23708 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23709 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23710 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23711 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23712 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (17713 5990))
23713 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23715 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
23716 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23718 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23720 If `parens', they look like:
23721 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23722 If `angles', they look like:
23723 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23724 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23725 derived from the envelope-from address.
23727 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23728 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23729 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23730 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23732 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail" t)
23734 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23735 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23736 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23737 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23739 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23740 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23741 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23742 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23744 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail" t)
23746 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23747 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23748 This is done when the message is initialized,
23749 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23751 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail" t)
23753 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23754 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23755 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23757 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail" t)
23759 (put (quote send-mail-function) (quote standard-value) (quote ((if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)))))
23761 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
23762 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23763 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23764 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23765 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23766 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23767 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23769 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail" t)
23771 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
23772 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23774 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail" t)
23776 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23777 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23778 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
23780 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail" t)
23782 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23783 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23784 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23785 when you first send mail.")
23787 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail" t)
23789 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23790 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23791 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23792 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23793 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23795 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23797 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
23798 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23799 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23800 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23801 This file need not actually exist.")
23803 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23805 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23806 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
23807 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
23809 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail" t)
23811 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23812 Alist of mail address aliases,
23813 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23814 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23815 can specify a different file name.)
23816 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23817 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23819 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
23820 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23821 nil means use indentation.")
23823 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail" t)
23825 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23826 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23827 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23829 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail" t)
23831 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23832 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23833 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23834 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23835 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23836 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23837 in the cited portion of the message.
23839 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23840 instead of no action.")
23842 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail" t)
23844 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
23845 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23846 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23847 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23848 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23850 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail" t)
23852 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
23853 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23854 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23855 If a string, that string is inserted.
23856 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23857 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23858 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23859 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23861 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail" t)
23863 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
23864 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23866 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail" t)
23868 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
23869 Directory for mail buffers.
23870 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
23871 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
23873 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail" t)
23875 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23876 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23877 It is inserted before you edit the message,
23878 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
23880 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail" t)
23882 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23883 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
23884 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23885 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23888 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail" t)
23890 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
23891 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
23892 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
23893 `query' means ask the user each time.
23894 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
23895 The default is `mime'.
23896 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
23897 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
23899 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail" t)
23901 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
23902 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23903 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23905 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23906 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23908 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23909 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
23910 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
23911 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23912 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23913 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23914 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
23915 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23916 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23917 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23918 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
23919 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23920 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23924 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23925 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23927 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23928 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23930 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail" t)
23932 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23933 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23934 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
23935 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
23936 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
23937 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23939 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
23940 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23941 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
23943 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
23944 User should not set this variable manually,
23945 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
23946 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
23947 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23948 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
23950 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
23951 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
23952 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
23953 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
23955 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
23956 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
23959 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
23961 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
23962 to move to message header fields:
23965 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
23966 when the message is initialized.
23968 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
23969 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
23971 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
23974 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
23975 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
23977 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
23978 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
23979 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
23980 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
23981 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
23982 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
23983 buffer without erasing the contents.
23985 The second through fifth arguments,
23986 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
23987 the initial contents of those header fields.
23988 These arguments should not have final newlines.
23989 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
23990 original message being replied to, or else an action
23991 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
23992 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
23993 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
23994 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
23995 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
23996 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
23998 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24000 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
24001 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24003 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24005 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
24006 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24008 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24012 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24013 ;;;;;; server-start) "server" "server.el" (17778 59051))
24014 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24016 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
24017 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24018 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24019 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24020 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24021 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24023 Prefix arg LEAVE-DEAD means just kill any existing server
24024 communications subprocess.
24026 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24028 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24029 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24030 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
24031 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24032 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24033 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24035 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server" nil)
24037 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
24038 Toggle Server mode.
24039 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24040 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24041 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24043 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24045 (autoload (quote server-save-buffers-kill-terminal) "server" "\
24046 Offer to save each buffer, then kill PROC.
24048 With prefix arg, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24050 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24051 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24053 \(fn PROC &optional ARG)" nil nil)
24057 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17778 50477))
24058 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24060 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
24061 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24062 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in the etc data directory) for more info.
24066 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24067 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24068 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24069 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24075 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24076 ;;;;;; (17817 13959))
24077 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24079 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
24080 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24082 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24085 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24086 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24087 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24089 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24090 in your `.emacs' file.
24092 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24094 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24095 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24100 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
24102 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
24103 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24104 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24105 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24106 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24107 which this is based.
24109 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24111 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24112 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24113 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24114 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24116 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24117 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24118 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24120 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24121 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24122 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24123 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24125 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24126 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24127 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24128 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24130 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24132 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24133 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
24134 To work around that, do:
24135 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24143 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24144 ;;;;;; (17817 16152))
24145 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24146 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24148 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
24149 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24150 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24151 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24152 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24153 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24155 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24156 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24157 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24158 shell-specific features.
24160 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24161 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24162 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24164 \\[sh-case] case statement
24165 \\[sh-for] for loop
24166 \\[sh-function] function definition
24167 \\[sh-if] if statement
24168 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24169 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24170 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24171 \\[sh-select] select loop
24172 \\[sh-until] until loop
24173 \\[sh-while] while loop
24175 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24176 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24177 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24178 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24179 would indent to the way it currently is.
24180 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24181 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24184 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24185 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24186 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24187 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24188 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24189 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24191 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24193 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24195 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24196 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24197 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24199 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24200 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24204 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
24208 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17383 38805))
24209 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
24211 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
24212 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24213 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24214 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24215 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24216 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24218 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24222 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24223 ;;;;;; (17817 13982))
24224 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24226 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
24227 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24229 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
24230 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24231 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24232 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24235 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24237 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24239 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24240 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24241 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24243 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24244 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24246 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24247 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24248 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24249 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24250 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24251 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24252 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24255 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24256 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24257 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24258 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24259 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24261 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
24262 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
24263 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24269 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24270 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17778
24272 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24274 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
24275 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24276 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24277 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24278 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24279 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
24284 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
24285 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24286 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24287 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24288 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24292 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
24293 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24294 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24295 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24296 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this function).
24297 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24298 `shadow-define-cluster').
24302 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
24303 Set up file shadowing.
24309 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24310 ;;;;;; (17817 15738))
24311 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24313 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
24314 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24315 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24316 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24317 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24320 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" t)
24322 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
24323 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24324 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24325 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24326 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24327 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24328 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24329 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24330 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24331 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24332 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24333 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24334 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24335 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24337 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24338 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24339 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24340 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24341 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24342 `default-process-coding-system'.
24344 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24345 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24346 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24347 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24349 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24351 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24352 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24356 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24357 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17383 38805))
24358 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24360 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
24363 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24365 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
24368 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24370 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
24373 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24377 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24378 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
24379 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24381 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
24382 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24383 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24384 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24385 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24387 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (17817 16152))
24394 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24395 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24399 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17817
24401 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24403 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
24404 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24405 \\{simula-mode-map}
24406 Variables controlling indentation style:
24407 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24408 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24409 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24410 `simula-indent-level'
24411 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24412 `simula-substatement-offset'
24413 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24414 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24415 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24416 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24417 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24418 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24419 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24420 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24421 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24422 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24423 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24424 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24425 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24426 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24427 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24428 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24429 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24430 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24431 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24432 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24433 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24434 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24435 or nil if they should not be changed.
24436 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24437 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24438 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24439 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24441 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24442 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24448 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24449 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17817 13977))
24450 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24452 (defvar skeleton-filter-function (quote identity) "\
24453 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24455 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
24456 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24457 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24458 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24460 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24462 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
24464 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24465 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24466 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24467 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24468 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24470 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24471 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24473 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24475 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
24476 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24478 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24479 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24480 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24481 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24483 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24484 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24485 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24486 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24488 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24489 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24490 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24492 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24493 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24495 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24496 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24498 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24499 _ interesting point, interregion here
24500 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24501 interesting point set by _
24502 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24503 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24504 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
24505 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
24506 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24507 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24510 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24511 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24513 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24514 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24515 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24516 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24517 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24518 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24519 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24520 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24522 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24523 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24524 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24525 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24526 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24529 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24530 then: insert previously read string once more
24531 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24532 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24533 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24535 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24536 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24538 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24540 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
24541 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24543 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24544 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24545 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24546 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24547 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24550 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24551 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24552 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24558 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24559 ;;;;;; (17496 38723))
24560 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24562 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
24563 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24564 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24567 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24569 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
24570 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24571 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24573 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24577 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24578 ;;;;;; (17441 26811))
24579 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24581 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
24582 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24583 A list of images is returned.
24585 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24587 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
24588 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24589 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24591 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24595 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24596 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17778 50475))
24597 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24599 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
24604 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
24605 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24611 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17817 14125))
24612 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24614 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
24615 Play the Snake game.
24616 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24618 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24620 Snake mode keybindings:
24622 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24623 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24624 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24625 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24626 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24627 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24628 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24634 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24635 ;;;;;; (17817 14122))
24636 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24638 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24639 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24640 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24641 Tab indents for C code.
24642 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24643 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24645 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24650 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24651 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24652 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24653 Tab indents for C code.
24654 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24655 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24657 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24658 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24664 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24665 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24666 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17390 27324))
24667 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24669 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
24670 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24672 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24673 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24674 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24676 For example, the form
24678 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24679 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24681 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24683 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar" t)
24685 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24686 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24688 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24689 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24690 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24693 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24695 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar" t)
24697 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24698 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24700 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24701 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24702 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24705 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24707 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar" t)
24709 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
24710 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24711 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24714 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24716 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar" t)
24718 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
24719 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24720 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24722 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24723 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24725 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24727 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24729 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
24730 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24731 Requires floating point.
24737 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17817
24739 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24741 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
24744 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24745 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24746 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24747 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24748 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24749 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24750 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24751 check after each move or undo)
24755 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24756 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24757 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24776 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24777 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24778 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24779 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24781 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24782 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24783 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24786 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24787 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24789 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24805 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24807 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24813 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24814 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24815 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17817 13977))
24816 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24818 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
24819 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24821 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24822 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24823 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24824 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24827 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24828 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24829 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24832 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24833 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24835 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24836 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24837 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24838 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24841 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24842 It should move point to the end of the record.
24844 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24845 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24846 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24847 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24848 starts at the beginning of the record.
24850 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24851 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24854 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24855 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24857 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24859 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
24860 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24861 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24862 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24863 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24866 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24868 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
24869 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24870 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24871 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24872 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24875 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24877 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
24878 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24879 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24880 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24881 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24884 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24886 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
24887 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24888 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24889 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24890 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24891 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24892 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24893 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24894 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24896 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24898 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
24899 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24900 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24901 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24902 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24903 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24904 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24907 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24909 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
24910 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24911 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24912 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24913 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24914 is to be used for sorting.
24915 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24916 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24917 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24918 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24919 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24921 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24923 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24926 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24927 starting with the letter \"f\",
24928 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24930 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24932 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
24933 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24934 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24935 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24936 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24937 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24938 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24941 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24942 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24943 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
24944 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
24945 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
24947 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
24949 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
24950 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
24951 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
24953 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24957 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17817
24959 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
24961 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
24962 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
24968 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
24969 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
24970 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17390 27306))
24971 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
24973 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
24974 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
24976 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
24977 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
24978 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
24980 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
24982 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
24983 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
24984 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
24987 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24989 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
24990 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
24991 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
24993 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24995 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
24996 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
24997 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
24998 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25003 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
25004 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25005 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25006 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25012 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25013 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17778 50477))
25014 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25016 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
25018 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
25019 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25020 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25021 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25022 supported at a time.
25023 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25024 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25026 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25028 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
25029 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25030 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25031 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25037 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25038 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17817 14129))
25039 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25041 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
25043 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
25044 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25045 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25046 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25047 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25048 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25052 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
25053 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25054 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25055 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25059 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
25060 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25061 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25062 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25063 for example, \"word\".
25065 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25067 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
25068 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25070 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25074 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17817
25076 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25078 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
25079 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25083 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
25084 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25090 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25091 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25092 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25093 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17817
25095 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25097 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
25098 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25100 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25101 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25102 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25103 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25104 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25105 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25106 of the current highlighting list.
25110 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25111 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25113 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25114 `_t' as data types.
25116 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25118 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
25119 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25121 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25122 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25124 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25126 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25127 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25128 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25130 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25132 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25133 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25134 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25135 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25136 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25137 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25139 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25140 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25142 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25144 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25145 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25146 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25147 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25149 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25150 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25151 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25152 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25154 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25155 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25156 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25160 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
25161 Major mode to edit SQL.
25163 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25164 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25165 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25168 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25170 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25171 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25172 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25173 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25174 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25175 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25177 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25178 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25180 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25181 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25182 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25184 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25186 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25190 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
25191 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25193 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25194 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25197 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25199 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25201 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
25202 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25204 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25205 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25208 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25209 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25210 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25211 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25213 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25214 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25216 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25217 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25218 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25219 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25220 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25221 `default-process-coding-system'.
25223 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25227 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
25228 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25230 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25231 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25234 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25235 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25236 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25237 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25239 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25240 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25242 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25243 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25244 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25245 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25246 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25247 `default-process-coding-system'.
25249 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25253 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
25254 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25256 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25257 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25260 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25261 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25263 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25264 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25266 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25267 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25268 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25269 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25270 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25271 `default-process-coding-system'.
25273 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25277 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
25278 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25280 SQLite is free software.
25282 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25283 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25286 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25287 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25288 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25289 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25291 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25292 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25294 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25295 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25296 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25297 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25298 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25299 `default-process-coding-system'.
25301 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25305 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
25306 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25308 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25310 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25311 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25314 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25315 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25316 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25317 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25319 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25320 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25322 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25323 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25324 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25325 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25326 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25327 `default-process-coding-system'.
25329 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25333 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
25334 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25336 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25337 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25340 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25341 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25344 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25345 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25347 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25348 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25349 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25350 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25351 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25352 `default-process-coding-system'.
25354 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25358 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
25359 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25361 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25362 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25365 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25366 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25368 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25369 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25371 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25372 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25373 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25374 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25375 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25376 `default-process-coding-system'.
25378 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25382 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
25383 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25385 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25386 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25389 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25390 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25391 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25392 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25394 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25395 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25397 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25398 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25399 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25400 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25401 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25402 `default-process-coding-system'.
25404 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25408 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
25409 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25411 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25412 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25415 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25416 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25417 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25418 `sql-postgres-options'.
25420 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25421 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25423 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25424 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25425 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25426 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25427 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25428 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25429 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25430 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25432 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25433 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25435 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25439 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
25440 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25442 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25443 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25446 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25447 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25450 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25451 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25453 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25454 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25455 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25456 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25457 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25458 `default-process-coding-system'.
25460 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25464 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
25465 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25467 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25468 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25471 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25474 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25475 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25477 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25478 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25479 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25480 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25482 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25483 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25484 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25485 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25486 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25487 `default-process-coding-system'.
25489 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25493 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
25494 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25496 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25497 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25500 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25501 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25502 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25503 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25506 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25507 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25508 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25509 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25512 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25513 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25515 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25521 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25522 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25523 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25524 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25525 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17817
25527 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25529 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
25530 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25531 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25532 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25533 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25534 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25536 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25538 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25540 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
25541 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25542 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25543 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25544 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25545 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25546 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25548 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25550 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25551 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25552 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25553 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25554 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25555 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25556 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25558 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25560 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
25561 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25562 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25564 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25566 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25567 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25568 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25570 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25572 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
25573 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25575 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25577 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
25578 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25582 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
25583 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25587 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
25588 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25589 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25590 chronologically by command name.
25591 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25593 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25595 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25596 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25597 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25598 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25599 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25600 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25602 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" nil)
25604 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
25605 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25606 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25607 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25608 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25609 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25610 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25612 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25613 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25614 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25615 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25617 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25619 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25621 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
25622 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25623 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25624 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25626 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25628 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25629 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25635 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25636 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (17279 27079))
25637 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25639 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
25640 Studlify-case the region.
25642 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25644 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
25645 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25647 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25649 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
25650 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25656 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (17817 15467))
25657 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25659 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
25660 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25661 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25662 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25663 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25664 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25666 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25667 is used instead of `load-path'.
25669 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25670 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25671 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25673 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25677 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25678 ;;;;;; (17817 14120))
25679 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25681 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
25682 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25683 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25684 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25685 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25686 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25687 original message but it does require a few things:
25689 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25691 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25694 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25695 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25698 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25700 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25702 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25703 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25704 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25710 ;;;### (autoloads (t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (17778 50477))
25711 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25713 (defvar t-mouse-mode nil "\
25714 Non-nil if T-Mouse mode is enabled.
25715 See the command `t-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25716 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25717 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25718 or call the function `t-mouse-mode'.")
25720 (custom-autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" nil)
25722 (autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "\
25723 Toggle t-mouse mode.
25724 With prefix arg, turn t-mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25726 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use t-mouse commands.
25728 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25732 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17817 13977))
25733 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25735 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
25736 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25737 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25738 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25739 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25741 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25743 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
25744 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25745 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25746 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25747 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25748 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25749 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25751 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25755 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25756 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25757 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25758 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25759 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25760 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25761 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25762 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25763 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25764 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25765 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25766 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25767 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (17778 50479))
25768 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25770 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25771 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25772 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25774 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table" t)
25776 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25777 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25779 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table" t)
25781 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25782 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25784 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table" t)
25786 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25787 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25789 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table" t)
25791 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
25792 Insert an editable text table.
25793 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25794 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25795 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25796 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25797 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25798 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25803 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25805 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25810 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25811 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25812 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25813 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25816 +-----+-----+-----+
25818 +-----+-----+-----+
25820 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25822 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25823 width, which results as
25825 +--------------+-----+-----+
25827 +--------------+-----+-----+
25829 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25830 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25832 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25834 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25836 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25837 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25838 width information to `table-insert'.
25840 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25846 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25849 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25850 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25852 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25855 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25857 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25859 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25862 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25865 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25867 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25869 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25872 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25875 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25878 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
25879 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
25880 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
25882 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25885 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25888 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25891 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25893 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
25896 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25899 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25900 | | |Text editing inside the table |
25901 | | |cell produces reasonably |
25902 | | |expected results.-!- |
25903 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25906 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25908 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
25912 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
25914 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
25915 Insert N table row(s).
25916 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
25917 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
25918 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
25919 are appended at the bottom of the table.
25923 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
25924 Insert N table column(s).
25925 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
25926 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
25927 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
25928 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
25932 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
25933 Insert row(s) or column(s).
25934 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
25936 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
25938 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
25939 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
25940 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
25941 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
25942 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
25943 all the table specific features.
25945 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25947 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
25952 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
25953 Recognize all tables within region.
25954 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
25955 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
25956 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
25959 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25961 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
25964 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25966 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
25967 Recognize a table at point.
25968 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
25969 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
25970 the table specific features.
25972 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25974 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
25979 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
25980 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
25981 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
25982 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
25983 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
25984 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
25985 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
25987 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
25989 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
25994 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
25995 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
25996 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
25997 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
25998 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
25999 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26002 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26004 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
26005 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26006 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26007 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26008 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26009 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26010 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26015 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
26016 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26017 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26018 table's rectangle structure.
26020 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26022 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
26023 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26024 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26025 table's rectangle structure.
26029 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
26030 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26031 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26032 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26033 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26035 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26037 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26038 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26039 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26041 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26042 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26043 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26044 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26045 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26046 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26047 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26049 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26050 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26051 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26052 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26053 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26054 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26055 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26057 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26058 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26059 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26060 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26061 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26062 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26063 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26064 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26066 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26068 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
26069 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26070 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26071 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26073 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26075 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
26076 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26077 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26079 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26081 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
26082 Split current cell vertically.
26083 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26087 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
26088 Split current cell horizontally.
26089 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26093 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
26094 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26095 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26097 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26099 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
26100 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26101 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26102 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26104 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26106 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
26107 Justify cell contents.
26108 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26109 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26110 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26111 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26113 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26115 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
26116 Justify cells of a row.
26117 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26118 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26120 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26122 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
26123 Justify cells of a column.
26124 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26125 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26127 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26129 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
26130 Toggle fixing width mode.
26131 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26132 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26133 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26137 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
26138 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26139 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26140 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26141 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26142 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26143 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26144 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26145 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26146 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26147 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26149 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26151 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
26152 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26153 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26154 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26155 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26156 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26157 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26158 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26159 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26160 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26161 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26162 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26165 References used for this implementation:
26171 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
26173 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26174 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
26175 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
26177 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26179 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
26180 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26181 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26182 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26183 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26184 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26185 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26186 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26187 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26188 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26189 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26190 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26191 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26192 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26193 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26194 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26195 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26200 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26201 (table-forward-cell 15)
26202 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26203 (table-forward-cell 16)
26204 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26205 (table-forward-cell 1)
26206 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26209 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26210 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26211 (table-forward-cell 1)
26212 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26214 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26216 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
26217 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26218 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26219 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26220 consists from cells of same height.
26224 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
26225 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26226 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26227 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26228 column must consists from cells of same width.
26232 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
26233 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26234 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26235 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26236 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26237 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26238 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26239 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26240 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26241 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26242 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26243 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26244 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26245 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26246 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26255 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26256 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26257 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26260 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26262 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26264 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26266 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26270 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26271 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26272 of each row is optional.
26277 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26278 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26279 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26280 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26281 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26283 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26284 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26286 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26287 expression and raw delimiter regular
26288 expression, it parses the specified text
26289 area and extracts cell items from
26290 non-table text and then forms a table out
26293 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26294 creates a single cell table. The text in
26295 the specified region is placed in that
26298 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26301 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26302 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26303 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26305 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26306 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26307 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26308 | area and extracts cell items from |
26309 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26312 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26313 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26314 | the specified region is placed in that |
26316 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26318 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26319 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26322 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26323 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26324 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26325 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26326 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26327 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26328 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26329 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26330 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26332 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26333 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26334 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26335 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26337 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26339 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26340 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26341 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26343 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26345 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
26346 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26347 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26348 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26349 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26355 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17817 13977))
26356 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26358 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
26359 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26361 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26363 (autoload (quote talk) "talk" "\
26364 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26370 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (17778 50477))
26371 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26373 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
26374 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26375 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26376 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26377 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26378 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26379 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26381 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26382 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26383 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26384 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26386 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26393 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26394 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17478 25206))
26395 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26397 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
26398 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26399 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26400 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26401 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26402 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26404 Variables controlling indentation style:
26406 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26407 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26408 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26410 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26411 documentation for details):
26412 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26413 Controls action of TAB key.
26415 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26416 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26417 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26418 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26419 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26421 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26422 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26430 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
26431 Run inferior Tcl process.
26432 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26433 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26437 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
26438 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26439 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26441 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26445 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17817 14122))
26446 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26447 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26449 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
26450 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26451 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26452 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26454 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26455 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26456 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26457 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26458 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26460 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26461 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26463 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
26464 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26465 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26466 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26472 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17817
26474 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26476 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
26477 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26478 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26479 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26480 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26481 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26483 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26485 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
26486 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26487 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26488 commands to use in that buffer.
26490 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26492 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26494 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
26495 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26497 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26501 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17817
26503 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26505 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
26506 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26507 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26508 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26509 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26510 program as keyboard input.
26512 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26513 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26514 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26515 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26517 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26518 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26519 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26520 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26521 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26523 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26525 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26526 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26527 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26528 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26530 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26531 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26532 subprocess started.
26534 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26538 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26539 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
26540 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26542 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
26543 Start coverage on function under point.
26549 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17817 14126))
26550 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26552 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
26553 Play the Tetris game.
26554 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26555 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26556 as to form complete rows.
26558 tetris-mode keybindings:
26559 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26560 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26561 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26562 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26563 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26564 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26565 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26566 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26567 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26573 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26574 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26575 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26576 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26577 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26578 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26579 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26580 ;;;;;; (17817 14129))
26581 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26583 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26584 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26586 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" t)
26588 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26589 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26590 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26591 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26592 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26594 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode" t)
26596 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26597 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26598 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26599 if it matches the first line of the file,
26600 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26602 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode" t)
26604 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26605 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26606 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26607 if the variable is non-nil.")
26609 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode" t)
26611 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26612 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26614 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode" t)
26616 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26617 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26618 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26619 See the documentation of that variable.")
26621 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26623 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26624 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26625 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26626 See the documentation of that variable.")
26628 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26630 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26631 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26632 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26633 See the documentation of that variable.")
26635 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26637 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26638 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26639 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26640 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26641 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26643 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode" t)
26645 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26646 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26647 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26648 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26650 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode" t)
26652 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26653 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26654 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26656 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode" t)
26658 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26659 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26660 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26661 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26663 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode" t)
26665 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26666 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26667 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26668 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26670 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26672 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26673 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26674 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26675 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26677 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26678 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26681 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26682 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26684 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26687 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26689 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26690 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26691 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26692 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26693 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26695 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26697 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode" t)
26699 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26700 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26701 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26703 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode" t)
26705 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
26706 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26707 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26708 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26709 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26711 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode" t)
26713 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26714 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26716 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26718 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26719 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26721 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26723 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26724 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26725 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26726 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26727 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26728 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26729 says which mode to use.
26733 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
26735 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
26737 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
26739 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26740 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26741 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26742 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26743 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26745 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26746 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26747 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26748 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26749 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26750 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26751 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26753 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26754 mismatched $'s or braces.
26757 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26761 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26763 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26764 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26765 tex-dvi-print-command
26766 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26767 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26768 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26769 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26770 tex-dvi-view-command
26771 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26772 tex-show-queue-command
26773 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26774 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26776 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26777 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26778 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26782 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26783 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26784 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26785 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26786 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26788 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26789 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26790 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26791 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26792 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26793 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26794 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26796 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26797 mismatched $'s or braces.
26804 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26806 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26807 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26808 tex-dvi-print-command
26809 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26810 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26811 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26812 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26813 tex-dvi-view-command
26814 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26815 tex-show-queue-command
26816 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26817 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26819 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26820 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26821 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26825 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26826 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26827 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26828 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26829 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26831 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26832 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26833 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26834 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26835 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26836 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26837 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26839 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26840 mismatched $'s or braces.
26843 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26847 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26849 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26850 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26851 tex-dvi-print-command
26852 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26853 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26854 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26855 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26856 tex-dvi-view-command
26857 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26858 tex-show-queue-command
26859 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26860 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26862 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26863 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26864 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26865 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26869 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
26874 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26875 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26881 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
26882 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17778 50479))
26883 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
26885 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
26886 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
26887 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26888 name specified in the @setfilename command.
26890 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
26891 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
26892 Info-split to do these manually.
26894 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26896 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
26897 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
26898 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
26899 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
26900 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
26902 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
26904 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
26905 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
26906 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26907 names specified in the @setfilename command.
26909 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
26910 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
26911 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
26912 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
26914 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
26915 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
26917 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26921 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
26922 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17390 26946))
26923 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
26925 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
26926 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26928 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo")
26930 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
26931 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26933 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo")
26935 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
26936 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
26938 It has these extra commands:
26939 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
26941 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
26942 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
26943 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
26944 modified version of TeX input format.
26946 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
26947 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
26948 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
26949 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
26951 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
26952 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
26953 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
26954 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
26955 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
26956 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
26957 in the Texinfo file.
26959 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
26960 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
26961 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
26962 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
26963 move forward past the closing brace.
26965 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
26966 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
26968 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
26969 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
26970 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
26972 Here are the functions:
26974 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
26975 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
26976 texinfo-sequential-node-update
26978 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
26979 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
26980 texinfo-master-menu
26982 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
26984 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
26985 which menu descriptions are indented.
26987 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
26988 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
26991 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
26992 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
26993 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
26994 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
26996 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
26997 be the first node in the file.
26999 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27000 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27006 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
27007 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
27008 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27009 ;;;;;; (17817 15478))
27010 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27012 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
27013 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27014 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27015 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27017 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27019 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
27020 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27022 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27024 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
27025 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27029 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
27032 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27034 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
27035 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
27036 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
27037 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
27040 The return value is number of composed characters.
27042 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27044 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
27045 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
27047 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27051 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27052 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27053 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17817 13977))
27054 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27056 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
27057 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27059 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27061 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27062 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27063 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27064 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27065 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27067 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27068 a symbol as a valid THING.
27070 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27071 of the textual entity that was found.
27073 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27075 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27076 Return the THING at point.
27077 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27078 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27079 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27081 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27082 a symbol as a valid THING.
27084 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27086 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27091 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27096 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27101 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27108 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27109 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27110 ;;;;;; (17591 9719))
27111 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27113 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
27114 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27118 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
27119 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27120 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27121 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27123 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27125 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
27126 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27130 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show) "thumbs" "\
27131 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27135 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-from-dir))
27137 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
27138 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27144 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27145 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27146 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
27147 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
27148 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
27149 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17817 15478))
27150 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27152 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
27153 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27154 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27158 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
27159 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27161 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27163 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
27164 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27165 The returned string has no composition information.
27167 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27169 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
27170 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27172 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27174 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
27175 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27177 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27179 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
27180 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27181 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27182 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27184 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27186 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
27187 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27188 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27189 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27191 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27193 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
27196 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27198 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27199 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27200 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27204 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27205 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27206 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27210 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27213 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27215 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27218 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27220 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
27223 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27227 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27228 ;;;;;; (17817 14129))
27229 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27231 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
27232 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27233 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27234 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27236 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27238 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27240 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
27241 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27242 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27243 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27245 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27251 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27252 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (17713 5993))
27253 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27255 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27256 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27258 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time" t)
27260 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
27261 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27262 This display updates automatically every minute.
27263 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27264 are displayed as well.
27265 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27269 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27270 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27271 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27272 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27273 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27274 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27276 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" nil)
27278 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
27279 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27280 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27282 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27283 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27284 are displayed as well.
27285 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27287 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27291 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
27292 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
27293 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
27294 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17390
27296 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27298 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27299 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27301 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27303 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
27304 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
27305 You can use `float-time' instead.
27307 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27309 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
27310 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27312 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27314 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
27315 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27317 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27319 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
27320 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27322 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27324 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
27325 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27326 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27328 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27330 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
27332 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
27333 Subtract two time values.
27334 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27336 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27338 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
27339 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
27341 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27343 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
27344 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27345 DATE should be a date-time string.
27347 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27349 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
27350 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27351 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27353 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27355 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
27356 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27358 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27360 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
27361 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27363 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27365 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
27366 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27367 TIME should be a time value.
27368 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27370 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27372 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27373 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27374 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27376 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27380 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27381 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17778 50479))
27382 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27383 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27384 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27385 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27386 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27387 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27388 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27389 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27391 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
27392 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27393 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27394 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27395 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27396 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27397 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27398 look like one of the following:
27401 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27402 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27403 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27404 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27405 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27406 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27407 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27412 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
27413 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27414 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27416 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27420 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27421 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27422 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27423 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27424 ;;;;;; (17713 4915))
27425 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27427 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
27428 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27429 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27430 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27431 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27432 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27433 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27434 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27435 display (non-nil means on).
27437 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27439 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
27440 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27441 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27442 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
27443 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27444 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27445 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27446 this function is called within a day.
27448 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27449 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27450 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27451 discover the name of the project.
27453 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27455 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
27456 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27457 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27458 begun during the last time segment.
27460 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27461 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27462 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27463 discover the reason.
27465 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27467 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
27468 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27469 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27470 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27471 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27473 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27475 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
27476 Change to working on a different project.
27477 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27478 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27479 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27482 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27484 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
27485 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27486 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27490 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
27491 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27492 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27496 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
27497 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27498 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27499 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27500 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27501 \"relative to today\".
27503 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27505 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
27506 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27507 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27508 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27510 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27512 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
27513 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27514 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27515 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27516 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27517 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27519 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27523 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
27524 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
27525 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17817 13982))
27526 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27528 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
27530 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
27531 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27533 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27535 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
27536 Cancel all timers which would run FUNCTION.
27537 This affects ordinary timers such as are scheduled by `run-at-time',
27538 and idle timers such as are scheduled by `run-with-idle-timer'.
27540 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
27542 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
27543 Perform an action at time TIME.
27544 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27545 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
27546 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
27547 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
27548 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
27549 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27551 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27553 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27555 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
27556 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
27557 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27558 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
27559 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27561 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27563 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27565 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
27566 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
27567 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
27568 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
27570 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27572 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
27573 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27574 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27575 SECS may be an integer, a floating point number, or the internal
27576 time format (HIGH LOW USECS) returned by, e.g., `current-idle-time'.
27577 If Emacs is currently idle, and has been idle for N seconds (N < SECS),
27578 then it will call FUNCTION in SECS - N seconds from now.
27580 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27581 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27583 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27585 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27586 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27588 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
27589 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27590 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27591 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27592 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27593 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27596 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27600 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27601 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17817 15478))
27602 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27604 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27605 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27606 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27607 the generated Quail package is saved.
27609 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27611 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27612 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27613 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27614 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27615 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27616 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27617 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27619 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27623 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27624 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17817
27626 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27628 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
27631 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27633 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
27636 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27638 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
27639 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
27640 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
27643 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27647 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27648 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17778 50479))
27649 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27650 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27651 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27653 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
27654 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27655 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27656 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27657 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27659 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27661 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
27662 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27663 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27664 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27665 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27667 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27669 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
27670 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27671 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27672 in the menu in two ways:
27673 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27674 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27675 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27677 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27678 keymap or an alist of alists.
27679 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27680 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27682 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27686 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27687 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27688 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17390 27324))
27689 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27691 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
27692 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27696 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
27697 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27699 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27701 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
27702 Insert new TODO list entry.
27703 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27708 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
27709 List top priorities for each category.
27711 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27712 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27714 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27715 between each category.
27717 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27719 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
27720 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27721 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27722 between each category.
27724 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27726 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27728 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
27729 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27735 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
27736 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27740 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
27747 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27748 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
27749 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (17496 38966))
27750 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27752 (autoload (quote toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame) "tool-bar" "\
27753 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27754 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27756 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27758 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
27760 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
27761 Add an item to the tool bar.
27762 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27763 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27764 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27765 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27767 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27768 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27769 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27770 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27772 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27773 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27775 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27777 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
27778 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27779 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27780 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27781 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27782 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27784 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27785 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27786 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27787 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27789 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27791 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27792 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27793 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27794 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27795 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27796 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27797 properties to add to the binding.
27799 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27801 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27802 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27804 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27806 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27807 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27808 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27809 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27810 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27811 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27812 properties to add to the binding.
27814 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27817 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27821 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27822 ;;;;;; (17817 13982))
27823 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27825 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27826 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27827 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27828 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27829 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27830 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27832 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" nil)
27834 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
27837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27839 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
27841 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
27842 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27848 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
27849 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17817 13982))
27850 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
27852 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
27853 Set scroll margins.
27855 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
27857 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
27858 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
27862 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
27863 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
27869 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17817 13982))
27870 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27872 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
27873 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27874 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27875 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27876 to a tcp server on another machine.
27878 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27882 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27883 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17817 13982))
27884 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27886 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27887 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27889 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace" t)
27891 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
27892 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27893 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27894 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27895 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27896 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27897 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27898 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27900 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27902 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
27903 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27904 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
27905 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
27906 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
27907 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
27908 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
27909 the window or buffer configuration.
27911 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
27913 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27917 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
27918 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
27919 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-regexp
27920 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17817 16949))
27921 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27923 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
27924 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
27925 Otherwise, use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
27927 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
27928 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27929 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27930 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27932 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
27933 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27934 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27935 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27937 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27938 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
27939 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
27940 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
27941 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
27942 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
27943 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
27944 files which are not really tramp files.
27946 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27947 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27948 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27949 updated after changing this variable.
27951 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27953 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27955 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
27956 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27957 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27958 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27960 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
27961 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27962 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27963 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27965 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27966 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
27967 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
27969 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27970 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27971 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27972 updated after changing this variable.
27974 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27976 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27978 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist (quote ((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion))) "\
27979 Alist of completion handler functions.
27980 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
27981 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
27982 normal Emacs functions.")
27984 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27985 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
27986 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27987 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27989 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27990 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
27991 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27992 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27994 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
27995 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
27996 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
27998 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28000 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28001 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
28002 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28004 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28005 Add tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28008 '(lambda () (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)))
28010 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-file-name-handlers) "tramp" "\
28015 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) "tramp" "\
28016 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial tramp files.
28018 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28020 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion) "tramp" "\
28021 Like `file-name-completion' for tramp files.
28023 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28025 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-tramp) "tramp" "\
28026 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28032 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28033 ;;;;;; (17374 21429))
28034 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28036 (autoload (quote tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "\
28043 ;;;### (autoloads (tumme-dired-edit-comment-and-tags tumme-mark-tagged-files
28044 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-comment-files tumme-dired-display-image tumme-dired-display-external
28045 ;;;;;; tumme-display-thumb tumme-display-thumbs-append tumme-setup-dired-keybindings
28046 ;;;;;; tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer tumme-delete-tag tumme-tag-files
28047 ;;;;;; tumme-show-all-from-dir tumme-display-thumbs tumme-dired-with-window-configuration
28048 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "tumme.el" (17713
28050 ;;; Generated autoloads from tumme.el
28052 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "\
28053 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
28057 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-with-window-configuration) "tumme" "\
28058 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
28060 Convenience command that:
28062 - Opens dired in folder DIR
28063 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
28064 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
28066 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
28067 image files in dired and type
28068 \\[tumme-display-thumbs] (`tumme-display-thumbs').
28070 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
28072 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
28073 calling `tumme-restore-window-configuration'.
28075 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
28077 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs) "tumme" "\
28078 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
28079 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
28080 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
28081 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
28084 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
28085 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
28086 `tumme-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
28088 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
28089 instead of erasing it first.
28091 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
28092 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
28093 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
28094 `tumme-next-line-and-display' and
28095 `tumme-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
28096 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
28098 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
28100 (autoload (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir) "tumme" "\
28101 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
28102 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
28103 exceeds `tumme-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
28108 (defalias (quote tumme) (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir))
28110 (autoload (quote tumme-tag-files) "tumme" "\
28111 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
28115 (autoload (quote tumme-delete-tag) "tumme" "\
28116 Remove tag for selected file(s).
28117 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
28121 (autoload (quote tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer) "tumme" "\
28122 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
28126 (autoload (quote tumme-setup-dired-keybindings) "tumme" "\
28127 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
28128 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
28129 `tumme-dired-x-line'.
28133 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs-append) "tumme" "\
28134 Append thumbnails to `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
28138 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumb) "tumme" "\
28139 Shorthand for `tumme-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
28143 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-external) "tumme" "\
28144 Display file at point using an external viewer.
28148 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-image) "tumme" "\
28149 Display current image file.
28150 See documentation for `tumme-display-image' for more information.
28151 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
28153 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28155 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-comment-files) "tumme" "\
28156 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
28160 (autoload (quote tumme-mark-tagged-files) "tumme" "\
28161 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
28162 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
28163 image file and stored in tumme's database file. This command
28164 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
28165 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
28166 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
28170 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-edit-comment-and-tags) "tumme" "\
28171 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
28172 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
28179 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (17817
28181 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28183 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "\
28184 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28185 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28186 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28187 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28188 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28189 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28190 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28192 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28193 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28194 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28196 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28197 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28200 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28204 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28205 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17817 14129))
28206 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28207 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28208 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28209 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28211 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
28212 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28213 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28214 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28215 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28216 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28217 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28219 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28221 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
28222 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28223 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28224 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28226 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28230 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
28231 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28232 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28233 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28234 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28235 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28236 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28238 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28239 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28241 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28244 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28246 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28252 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28253 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28254 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28255 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28256 ;;;;;; (17817 13977))
28257 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28259 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28260 Toggle typing break mode.
28261 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28262 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28263 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28265 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" nil)
28267 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28268 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28270 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28272 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28273 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28275 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28276 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28277 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28279 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28280 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28282 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break" t)
28284 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28285 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28287 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28288 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28289 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28290 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28292 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28294 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28295 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28296 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28298 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28299 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28300 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28301 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28302 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28303 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28305 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28306 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28307 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28308 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28310 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28311 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28313 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28314 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28316 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" t)
28318 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
28319 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28320 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28322 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28323 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28324 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28325 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28326 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28327 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28328 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28330 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28331 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28333 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28334 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28335 reset the keystroke counter.
28337 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28338 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28339 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28340 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28342 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28343 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28344 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28345 `type-break-schedule' command.
28347 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28348 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28349 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28350 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28351 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28352 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28353 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28354 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28355 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28357 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28358 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28359 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28360 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28361 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28363 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28364 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28365 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28366 approximate good values for this.
28368 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28369 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28371 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28372 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28373 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28374 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28375 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28376 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28378 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28379 a typing break occur. They include:
28381 `type-break-query-mode'
28382 `type-break-query-function'
28383 `type-break-query-interval'
28385 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28387 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28388 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28389 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28392 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28394 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
28395 Take a typing break.
28397 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28398 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28400 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28401 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28405 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
28406 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28407 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28408 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28412 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
28413 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28415 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28416 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28417 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28418 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28419 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28420 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28421 average typing speed.)
28423 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28424 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28425 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28426 the computed maximum threshold.
28428 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28429 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28430 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28431 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28432 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28434 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28438 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28439 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17817 14129))
28440 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28442 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
28443 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28444 Works by overstriking underscores.
28445 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28446 which specify the range to operate on.
28448 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28450 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
28451 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28452 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28453 which specify the range to operate on.
28455 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28459 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28460 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17817 14120))
28461 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28463 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28464 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28465 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28469 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28470 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28471 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28472 following the containing message.
28478 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28479 ;;;;;; (17817 14120))
28480 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28482 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28483 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28484 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28485 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28486 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28487 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28491 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28492 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28494 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28498 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17405
28500 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28502 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
28503 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
28504 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
28505 of symbols with local bindings.
28507 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28511 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28512 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (17817 13984))
28513 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28515 (autoload (quote url-retrieve) "url" "\
28516 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28517 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28519 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28520 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28521 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28522 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28523 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28524 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28526 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28527 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28528 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28530 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28531 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28532 the callback is not called).
28534 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28535 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28536 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28539 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28541 (autoload (quote url-retrieve-synchronously) "url" "\
28542 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28543 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28544 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28545 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28547 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28551 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28552 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17383 38807))
28553 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28555 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
28556 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28557 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28559 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28560 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28561 `url-generic-parse-url'
28562 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28563 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28564 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28566 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28567 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28568 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28569 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28570 wrong, its no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28571 what type of auth to use
28572 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28573 if one cannot be found in the cache
28575 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28577 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
28578 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28580 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28581 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28582 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28583 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28584 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28585 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28586 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28587 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28589 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28593 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28594 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17337
28596 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28598 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
28599 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28601 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28603 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
28604 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28606 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28608 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
28609 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28611 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28613 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
28614 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
28616 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28620 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17383 38807))
28621 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28623 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
28626 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28630 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28631 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17713 5993))
28632 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28634 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
28637 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28639 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
28642 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28646 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17383
28648 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28650 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
28651 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28653 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28657 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28658 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17817 14148))
28659 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28661 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
28662 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28666 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
28667 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28668 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28669 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28670 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28672 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28676 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28677 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17713
28679 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28681 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28682 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28683 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28684 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28685 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28686 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28688 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" nil)
28690 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
28691 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28693 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28695 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
28696 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28697 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28698 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28699 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28700 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28701 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28702 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28703 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28705 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28707 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
28708 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28709 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28712 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28714 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
28717 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28721 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28722 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17817 13984))
28723 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28725 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
28726 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28727 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28728 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28729 CBARGS as the arguments.
28731 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28733 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
28736 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28738 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
28740 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
28743 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28745 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
28746 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28747 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28749 Property list members:
28752 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28756 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28760 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28763 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28766 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28767 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28768 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28771 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28773 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28774 Default HTTPS port.")
28776 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28777 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28779 (defalias (quote url-https-expand-file-name) (quote url-http-expand-file-name))
28780 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28781 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28782 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28783 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28787 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17591 9873))
28788 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28790 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
28793 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28797 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17383
28799 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28801 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
28802 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28803 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28804 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28805 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28807 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28811 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28812 ;;;;;; (17383 38807))
28813 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28815 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
28818 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28820 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
28821 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28823 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28827 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28828 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17383 38807))
28829 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28831 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
28832 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28834 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28836 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
28837 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28839 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28841 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
28844 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28846 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28848 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28850 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28852 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
28853 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28855 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28859 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28860 ;;;;;; (17374 21266))
28861 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28863 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
28866 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28868 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
28871 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28875 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28876 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28877 ;;;;;; (17383 38807))
28878 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28880 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
28883 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28885 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
28888 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28890 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
28893 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28895 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
28898 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28900 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
28903 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28905 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
28908 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28910 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
28913 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28917 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28918 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17778 50479))
28919 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28921 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
28922 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28924 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28926 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
28927 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
28929 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
28931 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28935 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28936 ;;;;;; (17350 14840))
28937 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28939 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
28940 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28946 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28947 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28948 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
28949 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
28950 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
28951 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
28952 ;;;;;; (17778 50479))
28953 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28955 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28956 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28957 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28959 If t, all messages will be logged.
28960 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28961 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28963 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" t)
28965 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
28968 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28970 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
28973 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28975 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
28976 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28977 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28978 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28979 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28985 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28987 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
28988 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28989 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28991 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28993 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
28994 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
28995 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
28997 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28999 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
29000 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29002 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29004 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
29005 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29009 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
29010 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29014 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
29019 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
29022 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29024 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
29027 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29029 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
29030 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
29032 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
29034 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
29037 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29039 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
29040 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
29041 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29042 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29043 forbidden in URL encoding.
29045 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29047 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
29048 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29049 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29050 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29051 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29052 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29054 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29056 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
29057 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29058 If optional variable X is t,
29059 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
29061 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29063 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
29064 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
29065 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29067 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29069 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
29070 View the current document's URL.
29071 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29074 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29076 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29080 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29081 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17817 13977))
29082 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29084 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
29085 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29086 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29087 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29088 to refrain from editing the file
29089 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29090 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29091 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29092 in any way you like.
29094 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29096 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
29097 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29098 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29099 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29100 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29102 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29103 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (17817 14143))
29110 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29111 (autoload-coding-system 'utf-7 '(require 'utf-7))
29115 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29116 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
29117 ;;;;;; (17549 5046))
29118 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
29120 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
29121 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29122 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29123 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29125 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29127 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
29128 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29129 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29131 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29133 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
29134 Uudecode region between START and END.
29135 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29137 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29141 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29142 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
29143 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
29144 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
29145 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
29146 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
29147 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17778 49122))
29148 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29150 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29151 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29154 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc" t)
29156 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29157 Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
29158 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29160 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
29162 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29163 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
29166 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
29168 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
29169 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
29171 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29173 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
29174 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29176 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29178 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
29179 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
29180 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
29181 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
29182 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
29183 somebody else, signal error.
29185 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29187 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
29188 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
29189 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
29190 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
29191 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
29193 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29195 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
29196 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29197 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
29198 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
29199 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
29200 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29201 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
29202 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
29203 ignore all execution errors). FILE is the
29204 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
29205 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29206 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29208 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29210 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
29211 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
29213 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
29214 it will operate on the file in the current line.
29216 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
29217 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
29218 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
29219 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
29220 lock steals will raise an error.
29222 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
29224 For RCS and SCCS files:
29225 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29227 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29228 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
29229 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29230 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
29231 it performs a revert.
29232 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29233 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29234 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29235 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29236 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
29237 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
29238 the option to steal the lock.
29241 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29242 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
29243 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
29244 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
29245 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29246 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29247 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29248 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29249 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29251 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29253 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
29254 Register the current file into a version control system.
29255 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
29256 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29258 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29259 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29260 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29261 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29262 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29263 first backend that could register the file is used.
29265 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
29267 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
29268 Display diffs between file versions.
29269 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
29270 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
29271 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
29272 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
29273 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29276 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29278 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
29279 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
29280 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
29281 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29285 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
29286 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29287 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29288 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29292 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
29293 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
29294 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29295 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29296 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29297 from the current branch.
29299 See Info node `Merging'.
29303 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
29305 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
29306 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
29308 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
29310 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
29311 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
29313 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
29315 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
29316 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
29317 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
29318 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
29319 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
29320 are checked out in that new branch.
29322 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29324 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
29325 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
29326 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
29327 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29328 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29329 allowed and simply skipped).
29331 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29333 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
29334 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
29335 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29337 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
29339 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
29340 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
29341 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29342 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
29343 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
29347 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
29348 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
29349 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
29350 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
29351 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
29352 the current branch are merged into the working file.
29356 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
29357 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
29358 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
29360 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
29362 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
29363 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29364 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29365 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29366 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29367 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29368 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29370 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29372 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
29373 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29374 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29375 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29376 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
29377 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29378 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29379 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29380 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29382 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29384 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
29385 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29387 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29389 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
29390 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29391 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29394 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29396 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29397 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29398 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29400 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29401 log entries should be gathered.
29403 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29405 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
29406 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29408 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29409 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29410 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29411 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29412 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29413 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29415 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29416 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
29417 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
29418 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29419 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29420 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29421 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29422 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29424 Customization variables:
29426 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29427 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29428 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
29429 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29431 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
29435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17817 16875))
29436 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29437 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29438 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29441 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17390 26948))
29446 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29447 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29448 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29449 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29451 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17390 26948))
29456 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29457 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29458 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29461 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29465 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29466 ;;;;;; (17390 26948))
29467 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29469 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29470 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29471 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29473 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs")
29474 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29478 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29479 ;;;;;; (17390 26948))
29480 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29482 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29483 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29484 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29486 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs")
29487 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29489 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29490 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29491 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29492 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17778 50479))
29497 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29498 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29499 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29500 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29503 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29504 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29505 (file-name-directory f)))
29507 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29509 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
29513 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29514 ;;;;;; (17817 13977))
29515 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29517 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
29518 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29523 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29524 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29525 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29526 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29527 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29528 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29529 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29530 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29531 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29533 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29534 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29535 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29536 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29538 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29539 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29540 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29541 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29542 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29544 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29545 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29549 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29550 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29551 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29555 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29556 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29557 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29558 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29560 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29561 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29562 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29563 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29564 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29568 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29569 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29570 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29571 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29573 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29574 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29575 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29576 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29577 beginning with \"std\").
29579 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29580 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29581 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29586 `--' puts a single comment.
29587 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29588 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29589 with a comment in between.
29590 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29591 out following lines.
29592 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29593 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29595 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29596 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29597 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29598 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29599 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29602 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29603 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29604 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29605 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29606 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29607 multi-line comments.
29611 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29612 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29613 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29614 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29616 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29617 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29618 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29619 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29621 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29622 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29625 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29626 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29630 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29631 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29632 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29633 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29634 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29635 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29636 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29637 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29639 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29640 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29641 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29642 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29643 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29646 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29647 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29648 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29650 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29651 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29655 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29656 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29657 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29658 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29659 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29660 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29663 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29664 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29665 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29666 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29669 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29673 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29674 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29675 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29676 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29677 internal signal initializations (menu).
29679 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29680 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29681 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29683 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29684 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29685 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29686 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29687 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29688 in subsequent paste operations.)
29690 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29691 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29692 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29695 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29696 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29697 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29698 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29699 association list with formals).
29702 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29703 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29704 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29705 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29706 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29707 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29708 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29709 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29714 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29718 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29722 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29723 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29724 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29726 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29727 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29730 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29731 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29732 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29733 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29735 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29736 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29737 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29739 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29740 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
29741 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
29742 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29744 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29745 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
29746 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29747 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29748 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29750 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29751 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29752 required by secondary units.
29755 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29756 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
29757 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
29758 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
29759 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
29760 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
29761 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
29762 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
29763 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
29764 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
29765 inputs to this component -> input port created
29766 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
29767 outputs from this component -> output port created
29768 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
29769 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
29771 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
29772 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
29773 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
29774 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
29775 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
29777 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
29778 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
29780 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
29781 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
29782 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
29783 component instantiation is also supported (option
29784 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
29786 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
29787 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
29788 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
29789 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
29790 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
29791 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
29792 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
29793 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
29794 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
29795 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
29796 | generating the configuration.
29798 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
29799 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
29800 | configurations in speedbar.
29802 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
29805 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
29806 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
29807 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
29808 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
29809 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
29810 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
29811 information. New compilers can be added.
29813 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
29814 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
29817 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
29818 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
29819 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
29820 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
29821 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29823 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
29826 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
29827 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
29828 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
29830 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
29831 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
29832 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
29833 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
29834 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
29835 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
29836 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
29839 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
29840 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
29841 not (yet) supported.
29842 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
29843 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
29844 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
29848 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
29849 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
29850 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
29851 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
29852 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
29853 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
29854 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
29855 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29857 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
29858 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
29859 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
29860 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
29861 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
29862 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
29863 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
29864 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
29865 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
29866 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
29867 `vhdl-project-alist'.
29871 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
29872 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
29873 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
29874 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
29875 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
29876 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
29877 current directory for VHDL source files.
29881 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
29882 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
29886 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
29887 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
29888 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
29889 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
29890 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
29891 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
29892 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
29893 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
29896 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
29897 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
29898 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
29899 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
29900 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
29901 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
29902 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
29904 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
29905 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
29906 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
29907 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
29908 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
29909 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
29911 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
29912 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
29913 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
29914 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
29915 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
29918 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
29919 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
29920 highlighted if written in lower case.
29922 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
29923 highlighted using a different background color if option
29924 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
29926 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
29927 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
29928 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
29929 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
29930 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
29934 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
29935 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
29936 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
29940 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
29941 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
29942 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
29943 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
29944 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
29948 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
29949 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
29951 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
29952 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
29953 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
29954 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
29955 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
29956 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
29957 (used to obtain the port names).
29961 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
29962 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
29966 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
29967 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
29968 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
29969 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
29970 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
29971 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
29972 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
29977 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
29978 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
29979 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
29980 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
29981 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
29983 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
29984 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
29985 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
29986 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
29987 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
29990 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
29991 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
29995 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
29996 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
29997 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
29999 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30003 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30004 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30006 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30008 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30010 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30014 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30020 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30021 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30023 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30025 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30026 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30027 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30028 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30030 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30031 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30032 where the latest version can be found.
30038 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
30039 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30040 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30043 The VHDL Mode Authors
30044 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30055 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17817 14136))
30056 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30058 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
30059 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30060 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30061 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30063 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30064 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30065 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30066 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30067 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30069 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30070 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30072 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30074 * Limitations and unsupported features
30075 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30077 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30078 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30081 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30082 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30083 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30084 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30085 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30086 for undoing a repeated change command.
30087 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30088 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30089 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30092 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30093 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30094 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30095 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30096 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30097 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30098 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30099 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30101 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30107 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30108 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30109 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30110 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17817 15478))
30111 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30113 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
30114 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30116 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30118 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
30119 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30120 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30121 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30123 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30125 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
30126 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30130 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
30131 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30132 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30133 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30135 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30137 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
30138 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30142 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
30145 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30147 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
30150 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30154 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
30155 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
30156 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (17390
30158 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30160 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30161 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30162 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30163 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30165 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
30167 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
30168 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30169 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30170 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30171 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30172 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30173 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30175 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30179 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
30180 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30181 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
30182 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30183 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30184 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30185 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30186 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30188 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30192 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
30193 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30194 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
30195 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30196 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30197 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30198 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30199 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30201 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30205 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
30206 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30207 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30208 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30209 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30210 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30211 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30213 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30215 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30216 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30217 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30219 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30221 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
30222 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30223 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30224 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30225 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30226 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30227 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30228 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30230 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30232 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30233 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30234 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30236 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30238 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
30239 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30240 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30241 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30242 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30243 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30244 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30245 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30247 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30249 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30250 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30251 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30253 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30255 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
30256 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30257 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
30259 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30260 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30261 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30264 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30265 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30266 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30267 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30268 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30270 H, h, ? This message.
30271 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30272 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30273 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30274 > move to the end of buffer.
30275 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30276 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30277 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30278 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30279 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30280 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30281 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30282 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30283 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30284 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30285 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30286 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30287 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30288 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30289 Use this to view a changing file.
30290 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30291 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30292 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30294 x exchanges point and mark.
30295 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30296 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30297 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30298 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30299 ' go to position saved in character register.
30300 s do forward incremental search.
30301 r do reverse incremental search.
30302 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30303 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30304 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30305 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30306 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30307 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30308 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30309 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30310 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30311 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30312 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30313 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30314 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30315 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30316 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30317 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30318 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30320 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30321 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30322 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30323 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30324 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30325 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30326 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30327 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30328 then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30330 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30332 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30334 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
30335 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30336 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
30337 `view-return-to-alist'.
30338 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
30339 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
30340 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
30342 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
30343 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30344 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
30345 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
30346 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30348 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
30349 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30350 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30351 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30353 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30355 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30357 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30359 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
30360 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30366 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17817
30368 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30370 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
30371 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30375 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
30376 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30382 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30383 ;;;;;; (17778 50473))
30384 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30386 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
30387 Toggle Viper on/off.
30388 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30392 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
30393 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Viper'.
30399 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30400 ;;;;;; (17496 38727))
30401 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30403 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30404 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30405 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30406 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30407 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30408 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30409 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30410 the beginning of the warning.")
30412 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30413 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30414 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30415 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30416 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30417 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30418 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30419 also call that function before the next warning.")
30421 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30422 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30424 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30425 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30426 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30427 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30429 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
30430 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30431 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30432 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30433 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30434 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30436 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30437 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30438 Default is :warning.
30440 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30441 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30442 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30443 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30444 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30445 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30447 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
30448 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
30450 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30452 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30453 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30455 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30457 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
30458 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30459 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30460 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30462 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30463 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30464 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30465 can be whatever you like.)
30467 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30468 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30470 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30471 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30472 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30473 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30474 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30476 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30478 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
30479 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30480 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30481 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30482 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30484 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30488 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30489 ;;;;;; (17817 14148))
30490 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30492 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
30493 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30494 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30495 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30496 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30505 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17817 14122))
30506 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30508 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
30509 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30511 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30514 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30521 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30522 ;;;;;; (17611 10401))
30523 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30524 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30525 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30527 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
30529 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30530 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30531 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30532 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30533 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30534 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30536 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" nil)
30538 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
30539 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30540 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30541 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30543 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
30546 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30550 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
30551 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
30552 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
30553 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
30554 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
30555 ;;;;;; (17817 13977))
30556 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30558 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
30559 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
30563 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
30564 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
30568 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
30569 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
30573 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
30574 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
30578 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
30579 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
30583 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
30584 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
30586 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
30587 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
30588 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
30589 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
30590 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
30592 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
30594 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
30595 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
30597 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
30599 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
30600 Check the region for whitespace errors.
30604 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
30605 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
30606 It normally applies to the whole buffer, but in Transient Mark mode
30607 when the mark is active it applies to the region.
30608 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
30612 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
30613 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
30617 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
30619 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
30620 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
30621 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30622 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30623 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30624 or call the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
30626 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" nil)
30628 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
30629 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
30630 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
30632 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
30633 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
30635 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30637 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
30638 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
30639 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
30645 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
30646 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17817 13977))
30647 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
30649 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
30650 Browse the widget under point.
30654 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
30655 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
30657 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
30659 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
30660 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
30662 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
30664 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
30665 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
30666 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30668 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30672 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
30673 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17778
30675 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
30677 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
30678 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
30680 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30682 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
30683 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
30684 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
30686 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
30688 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
30689 Create widget of TYPE.
30690 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
30692 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30694 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
30697 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30699 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
30700 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
30702 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30704 (defalias (quote advertised-widget-backward) (quote widget-backward))
30706 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map "
\e " (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote advertised-widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map "
" (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
30707 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
30708 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
30710 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
30711 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
30717 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
30718 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17817
30720 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
30722 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
30723 Select the window to the left of the current one.
30724 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30725 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30726 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
30727 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30728 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30730 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30732 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
30733 Select the window above the current one.
30734 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
30735 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
30736 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
30737 negative ARG) of the current window.
30738 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30742 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
30743 Select the window to the right of the current one.
30744 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30745 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
30746 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
30747 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
30748 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30750 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30752 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
30753 Select the window below the current one.
30754 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30755 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30756 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
30757 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30758 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30760 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30762 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
30763 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
30764 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
30765 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
30767 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
30771 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30772 ;;;;;; (17390 26950))
30773 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30775 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30776 Toggle Winner mode.
30777 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30778 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30780 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" nil)
30782 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30783 Toggle Winner mode.
30784 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30790 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
30791 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17817 16161))
30792 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
30794 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
30795 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
30796 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
30797 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
30798 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
30799 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
30800 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
30801 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
30803 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
30804 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
30806 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
30808 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
30809 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
30813 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
30814 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
30815 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
30816 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
30817 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
30818 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
30819 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
30820 `woman' command for further details.
30822 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
30826 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
30827 ;;;;;; (17817 13982))
30828 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
30830 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
30831 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
30834 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
30835 are not implemented
30836 - Options for search and replace
30837 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
30838 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
30840 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
30843 The key bindings are:
30853 C-i indent-for-tab-command
30855 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
30856 C-l ws-repeat-search
30859 C-r scroll-down-line
30866 C-y kill-complete-line
30869 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
30870 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
30871 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
30872 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
30873 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
30874 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
30875 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
30876 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
30877 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
30878 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
30879 C-k b ws-begin-block
30880 C-k c ws-copy-block
30881 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
30883 C-k h ws-show-markers
30884 C-k i ws-indent-block
30886 C-k p ws-print-block
30889 C-k s save-some-buffers
30891 C-k u ws-exdent-block
30892 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
30893 C-k v ws-move-block
30894 C-k w ws-write-block
30896 C-k y ws-delete-block
30898 C-o c wordstar-center-line
30899 C-o b switch-to-buffer
30900 C-o j justify-current-line
30903 C-o m auto-fill-mode
30904 C-o r set-fill-column
30905 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
30906 C-o wd delete-other-windows
30907 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
30908 C-o wo other-window
30909 C-o wv split-window-vertically
30911 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
30912 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
30913 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
30914 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
30915 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
30916 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
30917 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
30918 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
30919 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
30920 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
30921 C-q a ws-query-replace
30922 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
30923 C-q c end-of-buffer
30926 C-q k ws-to-block-end
30928 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
30929 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
30930 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
30931 C-q w ws-last-error
30933 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
30939 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
30940 ;;;;;; (17611 9421))
30941 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
30943 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
30944 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
30945 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
30946 Returns the top node with all its children.
30947 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
30948 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30950 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30952 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
30953 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
30954 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
30955 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
30956 is not well-formed XML.
30957 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
30958 and returned as the first element of the list.
30959 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30961 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30965 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (17390
30967 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
30969 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
30970 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
30971 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30972 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30973 use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
30975 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse")
30977 (put (quote xterm-mouse-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
30979 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
30980 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
30981 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
30983 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
30984 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
30985 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
30986 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
30987 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
30988 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
30990 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30994 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
30995 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17383 38805))
30996 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
30998 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
30999 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31001 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31003 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
31004 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31010 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
31011 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17817 14126))
31012 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
31014 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
31015 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
31017 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
31019 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
31020 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
31022 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
31024 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
31025 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
31026 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
31028 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
31030 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
31031 Zippy goes to the analyst.
31037 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17383 38807))
31038 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31040 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
31041 Zone out, completely.
31047 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
31048 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
31049 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
31050 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
31051 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
31052 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
31053 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31054 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31055 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
31056 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
31057 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
31058 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
31059 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
31060 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
31061 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31062 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
31063 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
31064 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
31065 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
31066 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
31067 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
31068 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
31069 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
31070 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
31071 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
31072 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
31073 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
31074 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
31075 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el"
31076 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
31077 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
31078 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
31079 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
31080 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
31081 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
31082 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
31083 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
31084 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "erc/erc-nicklist.el"
31085 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
31086 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
31087 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
31088 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
31089 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
31090 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
31091 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
31092 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
31093 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
31094 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el" "foldout.el"
31095 ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
31096 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
31097 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
31098 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
31099 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
31100 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
31101 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
31102 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
31103 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
31104 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
31105 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
31106 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
31107 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
31108 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
31109 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
31110 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
31111 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
31112 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
31113 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
31114 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
31115 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
31116 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
31117 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
31118 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
31119 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
31120 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31121 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
31122 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
31123 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
31124 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
31125 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
31126 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
31127 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
31128 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
31129 ;;;;;; "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
31130 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
31131 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
31132 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
31133 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
31134 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
31135 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
31136 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
31137 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
31138 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
31139 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
31140 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
31141 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
31142 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
31143 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
31144 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
31145 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
31146 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
31147 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
31148 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
31149 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
31150 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
31151 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
31152 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el"
31153 ;;;;;; "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el"
31154 ;;;;;; "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
31155 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
31156 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
31157 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
31158 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
31159 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
31160 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
31161 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
31162 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
31163 ;;;;;; "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el"
31164 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
31165 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "term/apollo.el"
31166 ;;;;;; "term/bobcat.el" "term/cygwin.el" "term/internal.el" "term/linux.el"
31167 ;;;;;; "term/lk201.el" "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el" "term/sun.el"
31168 ;;;;;; "term/tty-colors.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el"
31169 ;;;;;; "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el"
31170 ;;;;;; "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el" "termdev.el"
31171 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
31172 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el"
31173 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
31174 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
31175 ;;;;;; "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
31176 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
31177 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
31178 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
31179 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
31180 ;;;;;; "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
31181 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el"
31182 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (17817 17746 543314))
31186 ;;; Local Variables:
31187 ;;; version-control: never
31188 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
31189 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
31191 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here